Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
2 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
daṇḍanītiḥFeminineSingulararthaśāstramadministration of justice, judicature as a science
vāriparṇīFeminineSingularkumbhikāpistia stratiotes
Monier-Williams Search
247 results for trati
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
abhijñāf. supernatural science or faculty of a buddha- (of which five or six are enumerated, viz. 1. taking any form at will;2. hearing to any distance;3. seeing to any distance;4. penetrating men's thoughts;5. knowing their state and antecedents). confer, compare ṣaḍ-- abh-, parasmE-pada 1109 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyudāharaṇan. an example or illustration of a thing by its reverse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādarśam. "illustrating", a commentary (often equals -darpaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhibhūtan. the all penetrating influence of the Supreme Spirit
adhikāram. government, rule, administration, jurisdiction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādirasaślokam. plural "stanzas illustrating the chief sentiment", Name of a poem supposed to be written by kālidāsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikāgryan. (fr. ekāgra-), intentness or concentration on one object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākāśamūlīf. the plant Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṇḍākarṣaṇan. castration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgan. (in rhetoric) an illustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antagatamfn. thoroughly penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaścaramfn. penetrating within, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anubhartṛmf(tr/ī-)n. supporting, strengthening (), penetrating () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuprabhūtamfn. passing through, penetrating, (/anu pr/a-bhuta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusārakamfn. penetrating, scrutinizing, investigating. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusārinmfn. penetrating, scrutinizing, investigating. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvādam. saying after or again, repeating by way of explanation, explanatory repetition or reiteration with corroboration or illustration, explanatory reference to anything already said View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyathāsiddhatvan. wrong arguing, wrong demonstration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyathāsiddhatvan. that demonstration in which arguments are referred to untrue causes. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyathāsiddhif. wrong arguing, wrong demonstration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyathāsiddhif. that demonstration in which arguments are referred to untrue causes. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aricintāf. plotting against an enemy, administration of foreign affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aricintanan. plotting against an enemy, administration of foreign affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthāntaran. another matter, a different or new circumstance, a similar case (often with ny--2. as-,to introduce some other matter as an illustrationSee arthāntara-nyāsa-below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthāntaranyāsam. introduction of some other matter (an illustration of a particular case by a general truth or of a general truth by a particular case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśakumbhīf. the aquatic plant Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāṅganayam. prostration of the eight parts of the body (in performing very profound obeisance;the eight parts are the hands, breast, forehead, eyes, throat, and middle of the back;or the first four, with the knees and feet;or these six, with the speech and mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāṅgapātam. prostration of the eight parts of the body (in performing very profound obeisance;the eight parts are the hands, breast, forehead, eyes, throat, and middle of the back;or the first four, with the knees and feet;or these six, with the speech and mind) ([see sāṣṭāṅga-pātam-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāṅgapraṇāmam. prostration of the eight parts of the body (in performing very profound obeisance;the eight parts are the hands, breast, forehead, eyes, throat, and middle of the back;or the first four, with the knees and feet;or these six, with the speech and mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāṅgapraṇipātam. prostration of the 8 parts of the body (= - praṇāma-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātanimfn. penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadyotakamfn. illustrating, making clear commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadyotanan. illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasādakamfn. causing to sink, frustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avikuṇṭhamfn. not blunt or obtuse, sharp, penetrating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṅgam. a break or breach (literally and figuratively), disturbance, interruption, frustration, humiliation, abatement, downfall, decay, ruin, destruction etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhañjanan. breaking, shattering, crushing, destroying, annihilating, frustrating etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharjanamfn. parching id est destroying, annihilating, frustrating (with genitive case) 5 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṭṭikāvyan. "the poem of bhaṭṭi-", Name of an artificial poem by bhaṭṭa-svāmin- (originally called rāvaṇa-vadha-;celebrating the exploits of rāma- and illustrating Sanskrit grammar by the systematic application of all possible forms and constructions). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvanāf. demonstration, argument, ascertainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvasamāhitamfn. fixed or collected in mind (others"concentrating the mind on brahmā-"or"on the heart") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedadīpikāf. "illustration of duality", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedinmfn. shaking, penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittavṛttif. continuous course of thoughts (opposed to concentration), thinking, imagining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalāḍhakam. Pistia Stratiotes, Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens, wild sesamum, Mesua ferrea, Acacia Sirissa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍadharādhipatim. a king who has full administrative powers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍaghaṭanāf."waving a stick"and"prostrating one's self (before an idol)" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍanītif. application of the rod, administration of justice, judicature (as a science) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍapraṇāmam. a prostration of the body at full length (like a stick) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍavatind. (with pra-ṇamya-,prostrating the body) in a straight line, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantapattraNom. ttrati- to represent that ear-ring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāraṇan. keeping in remembrance, memory : immovable concentration of the mind upon (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāraṇāf. collection or concentration of the mind (joined with the retention of breath) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmādhikāram. administration of the law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmādhikaraṇan. administration or court of Justice ( dharmādhikaraṇasthāna -sthāna- n.a law. court ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpikāf. "illustrator"or"illustration"at the end of titles of books (see kula--, gūḍhārtha--, trailokya--) and also alone, Name of works. (See below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durnītif. maladministration, impolicy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekamatif. concentration of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāḍhavacasm. "making a penetrating sound", a frog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīravedhamfn. very penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭham. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭhālum. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ibase of Nominal verb and accusative sg. dual number and plural of the demonstrative pronoun idam-,"this"or"that" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
imathe base of some cases of the demonstrative pronoun id/am- q.v (accusative sg. m. im/am- f. im/ām-; Nominal verb plural m. im/e-,etc.;irregular genitive case sg. im/asya- [once]) .
itiind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i-), in this manner, thus (in its original signification /iti-refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes;in the brāhmaṇa-s it is often equivalent to "as you know", reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, etc. supposed to be known to him). In quotations of every kind /iti- means that the preceding words are the very words which some person has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas (/ity uktvā-,having so said; /iti kṛtvā-,having so considered, having so decided) . It may often have reference merely to what is passing in the mind exempli gratia, 'for example' vamantavyo manuṣya /iti bhūmipaḥ&iencoding=&lang='>bālo 'pi nāvamantavyo manuṣya /iti bhūmipaḥ-, a king, though a child, is not to be despised, saying to one's self,"he is a mortal", () In dramatic language /iti tathā karoti- means"after these words he acts thus."Sometimes /iti- is used to include under one head a number of separate objects aggregated together (exempli gratia, 'for example' ijyādhyayanadānāni tapaḥ satyaṃ kṣamā damaḥ- alobha /iti mārgo 'yam-,"sacrificing, studying, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-restraint, absence of desire", this course of conduct, etc.) /iti- is sometimes followed by evam-, iva-, or a demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (exempli gratia, 'for example' tām brūyād bhavatīty evam-,her he may call "lady", thus) . /iti- may form an adverbial compound with the name of an author (exempli gratia, 'for example' /iti-pāṇini-,thus according to pāṇini-). It may also express the act of calling attention (lo! behold!) It may have some other significations exempli gratia, 'for example' something additional (as in /ityādi-,et caetera), order, arrangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is used by native commentators after quoting a rule to express"according to such a rule" (exempli gratia, 'for example' anudāttaṅita /ity ātmanepadam bhavati-,according to the rule of pāṇini- , the ātmane-pada- takes place) . kim /iti- equals kim-, wherefore, why? (In the śatapatha-brāhmaṇa- ti-occurs for /iti-; see Prakrittiand tti-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iyamf. Nominal verb sg. of the demonstrative pronoun id/am-, q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalavalkalan. "water-bark", Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kabut the old form kad- is found in the veda- (See ) ; ([ confer, compare Zend ka,ko7,kA7,kat; Greek , (Ion.,) , ; Latin quis,quid; Lithuanian kas k/a-; Gothic hvas,hvo7,hva, Anglo-Saxon hwa1,hwaet; English who,what.]) The interrogative sentence introduced by ka- is often terminated by iti- (exempli gratia, 'for example' kasya sa putra iti kathyatām-,let it be said, "whose son is he?") , but iti- may be omitted and the sentence lose its direct interrogative character (exempli gratia, 'for example' kasya sa putro na jñāyate-,it is not known whose son he is) . ka- with or without 1. as- may express"how is it possible that?""what power have I, you, they, etc.?" (exempli gratia, 'for example' ke mama dhanvino'nye-,what can the other archers do against me? ke āvām paritrātum-,what power have we to rescue you?) ka- is often connected with a demonstrative pronoun (exempli gratia, 'for example' ko 'yam āyāti-,who comes here?) or with the potential (exempli gratia, 'for example' ko hariṃ nindet-,who will blame hari-?) ka- is sometimes repeated (exempli gratia, 'for example' kaḥ ko 'tra-,who is there? kān kān-,whom? whom? id est which of them? confer, compare Gram. 54) , and the repetition is often due to a kind of attraction (exempli gratia, 'for example' keṣāṃ kiṃ śāstram adhyayanīyam-,which book is to be read by whom? Gram. 836. a-). When kim- is connected with the inst. Calcutta edition of a noun or with the indecl. participle it may express"what is gained by doing so, etc.?" (equals ko'rthas-)
kadalāf. Name of several plants (Pistia Stratiotes, Bombax Heptaphyllum, Calosanthes Indica) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmāntam. work, business, action, management, administration (of an office) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kattṛnan. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāvyalakṣaṇan. illustration of poetry or rhetoric. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāvyaprakāśam. "illustration of poetry", Name of a work on rhetoric or the composition of artificial poems by mammaṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keliśvetasahasrapattraNom. P. ttrati-, to represent a white lotus for playing with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khamūlif. an aquatic plant (Pistia Stratiotes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khamūlīf. an aquatic plant (Pistia Stratiotes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khamūlikāf. an aquatic plant (Pistia Stratiotes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaṇḍanan. interrupting, disappointing, frustrating etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krūrakarmakṛtmfn. perpetrating cruel actions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetravyavahāram. geometrical demonstration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhīf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhikāf. the plant Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhīkam. the plant Rottleria tinctoria or perhaps Pistia Stratiotes (the bark of which furnishes a yellow dye) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumudāf. the plant Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kunītif. corrupt administration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśāgrīyamfn. sharp as the point of kuśa- grass, penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutṛṇan. water houseleek (Pistia Stratiotes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇan. accurate description, definition, illustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣyan. an example, illustration (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokampṛṇamfn. filling the world, penetrating everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahīpatanan. prostration on the ground, humble obeisance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānan. (in philosophy) proof. demonstration, means of proof (equals pra-māṇa-. q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marmāvaraṇabhedinmfn. penetrating a coat of mail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārutavratan. "the having wind-like duties", penetrating everywhere (as a king by means of spies) (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitraNom. P. mitrati-, to act in a friendly manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairvedhikamfn. piercing, penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairvedhikaprajñamfn. having a penetrating mind, sagacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidarśanan. instance, example, illustration etc. ( nidarśanatva -tva- n. ; nidarśanārtham nārtham- ind.for instance ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsaṅgam. absence of attachment, entire concentration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīrājanan. lustration of arms (a ceremony performed by kings in the month āśvina- or in kārttika- before taking the field) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbhāsanan. illuminating, illustrating, making manifest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmañc(ind.p. -mañcya-), to perform the ceremony of lustration with anything (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirṇayam. (in logic) deduction, inference, conclusion, demonstration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirodham. (in dramatic language) disappointment, frustration of hope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedham. penetration, insight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nitodinmfn. piercing, penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyam. likeness, analogy, a popular maxim or apposite illustration (see kākākṣi--, ghuṇākṣara--, daṇḍāpūpa-.etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādapraṇāmam. bowing to the feet, prostration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pahlikāf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcabalan. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānīyapṛṣṭhajam. "water-surface-born", Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritraiP. A1. -trāti-, or -trāyate- (imperative -trāhi-, -trātu-, -trāyasva-; future -trāsyate-; infinitive mood -trātum-), to rescue, save, protect, defend (-trāyatām-or yadhvam-,help! to the rescue!) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parṇam. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalakhaṇḍanan. fruit destruction, frustration of results View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracetanamfn. illumining, illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradyotinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') illustrating, explaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśakamf(ikā-)n. making clear, illustrating, explaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakāśakatvan. illustration, explanation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇāmam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) bending, bowing, a bow, respectful salutation, prostration, obeisance (especially to a Brahman or to a deity) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇipātam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) falling at a person's feet, prostration, humble submission to (genitive case), salutation, reverence, obeisance etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇipātapuraḥsaramind. preceded by prostration, with an obeisance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prarocanan. illustration, explanation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipādakamf(ikā-)n. stating, demonstrating, explaining, teaching ( pratipādakatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipādanan. stating, setting forth, explaining, teaching, pro. pounding, illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāyanan. elucidation, explanation, demonstration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyudāharaṇan. a counter example or illustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (locative case genitive case with or without antar-,or compound) etc. (accusative with kṛ-,to make one's entrance, enter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśanan. entering, entrance or penetration into (locative case genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayatnacchidmfn. frustrating a person's (genitive case) efforts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preṣaṇādhyakṣam. a superintendent of the commands (of a king), chief of the administration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛśnīf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛśnikāf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraskriyāf. showing honour, demonstration of respect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purodhānan. priestly ministration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purohitif. priestly ministration (equals puro-dhāna-,Sly.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasturmfn. penetrating the sky, hastening through the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyadhurāf. burden of government, administration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyāṅgan. "limb of royalty", a requisite of regal administration (variously enumerated as 7, 8, or 9, viz. the monarch, the prime minister, a friend or ally, treasure, territory, a stronghold, an army, the companies of citizens, and the puro-hita- or spiritual adviser) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyaparikriyāf. exercise of government, administration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṣṭratantran. system of government, administration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpakamfn. having form, figurative, metaphorical, illustrating by figurative language View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpaṇan. figurative illustration, metaphorical description View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhakamf(ikā-)n. demonstrating, conclusive, proving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhanan. establishment of a truth, proof, argument, demonstration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaivam. a particular religious rite in honour of durgā- (consisting of devout meditation and prostration of the body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktipātam. prostration of strength View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samādhim. concentration of the thoughts, profound or abstract meditation, intense contemplation of any particular object (so as to identify the contemplator with the object meditated upon;this is the eighth and last stage of yoga- [ ];with Buddhists samādhi- is the fourth and last stage of dhyāna- or intense abstract meditation[ ];in the kāraṇḍa-vyūha- several samādhi- are enumerated) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhiṣṭhitamfn. filling, penetrating (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśam. meeting, penetration, absorption into (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcārinmfn. penetrating into (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcāritāf. penetration into (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhakamfn. practising complete concentration of mind, thoroughly concentrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhanan. perfect concentration of mind, meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudāharaṇan. illustrating, illustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyamam. concentration of mind (comprising the performance of dhāraṇā-, dhyāna-, and samādhi-, or the last three stages in yoga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapakṣam. (in logic) an instance on the same side (exempli gratia, 'for example' the common illustration of "the culinary hearth") , a similar instance or one in which the major term is found
sārasamagraham. "concentration of the essence of any work", Name of various compendiums (also sārasamagrahajñānabhūṣaṇabhāṣya -jñāna-bhūṣaṇa-bhāṣya- n. sārasamagrahanighaṇṭu -nighaṇṭu- m. sārasamagrahasaṃgraha -saṃgraha-,m. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatrāpratighamfn. not kept back from id est penetrating everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṣṭaṅgamfn. performed with eight limbs or members (as a reverential prostration of the body so as to touch the ground with the hands, breast, forehead, knees, and feet) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṣṭaṅgamind. with the above prostration (with pra-nam-"to make the above reverential prostration") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṣṭaṅgapātamind. making the above prostration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhif. establishment, substantiation, settlement, demonstration, proof, indisputable conclusion, result, issue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītakumbhīf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītalāf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītalīf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) bathing, washing, ablution, religious or ceremonial lustration (as of an idol etc.), bathing in sacred waters (considered as one of the six daily duties[ see ṣaṭ-karman-]or as an essential part of some ceremonial, especially the ablutions performed by a brahma-cārin- on becoming a householder see snātaka-) etc. ( ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snātakam. one who has bathed or performed ablutions (id est a Brahman who, after performing the ceremonial lustrations required on his finishing his studentship as a brahma-cārin- under a religious teacher, returns home and begins the second period of his life as a gṛha-stha-See samāvartana-;three kinds of snātaka-s are named, 1. a vidyā-sn- q.v,2. a vrata-sn-[who has completed the vows, such as fasting, continence etc., without the veda-s], 3. a vidyā-vrata-sn-or ubhaya-sn-[who has completed both veda-s and vows], the last is the highest;in a wider sense there may be 9 snātaka-sSee ) () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snayam. bathing, ablution, lustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sparśinmfn. reaching or penetrating to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spharaṇan. penetration, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkhaṇḍatamālapattraNom. P. ttrati-, to represent a sandal mark on the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīparṇīf. Gmelina Arborea ( also "Premna Spinosa or Longifolia, Pistia Stratiotes, Salmalia Malabarica, and a species of Solanum") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrotrasparśinmfn. touching id est entering or penetrating the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutinidarśanan. veda--demonstration, testimony of the veda--demonstration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthairyavattvan. fixedness, firmness, concentration (of mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklapuṣpāf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumarmagamfn. deeply penetrating the vital organs (said of an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthavighātam. frustration of one's object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvātr cl.1 P. śvātrati-, to go, move View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparṇāf. pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tad(Nominal verb and accusative sg. n.of and base in compound for 2. t/a-from which latter all the cases of this pronoun are formed except Nominal verb sg. m. s/as-or s/a-& f. s/ā-; instrumental case plural t/ais- etc.;Ved. t/ebhis- etc.) m. he f. she n. it, that, this (often correlative of y/a-generally standing in the preceding clause exempli gratia, 'for example' yasya buddhiḥ sa balavān-,"of whom there is intellect he is strong";sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with relatives exempli gratia, 'for example' so 'ham-,"I that very person, I myself"[ tasya- equals mama- ]; tāv imau-,"those very two"; tad etad ākhyānam-,"that very tale" ; yat tat kāraṇam-,"that very reason which" ; yā sā śrī-,"that very fortune which" ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trai cl.1 A1. tr/āyate- (imperative yatām-,2. sg. yasva-and tr/āsva- plural yadhvam-and tr/ādhvam- ; Epic trāti-, trātu-, trāhi-; Aorist subjunctive trāsate-,2. dual number tr/āsāthe- preceding tr/āsīthām- ; infinitive mood trātum- etc.; ind.p. trātvā- ) to protect, preserve, cherish, defend, rescue from (genitive case or ablative) ; see pari--, saṃ--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tyadmfn. Nominal verb sy/a- (s-), sy/ā-, ty/ad-, (gaRa sarvādi-) that (often used like an article exempli gratia, 'for example' ty/at paṇīn/āṃ v/asu-,"that id est the wealth of the paṇi-s " ;sometimes strengthened by c/id-;often put after ut/a-,or after another demonstrative in the beginning of a sentence) (ty/asya- equals m/ama-, ; n. ty/am-for ty/ad-, [in the etymology of saty/am-] ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uind. on the other hand (especially in connexion with a relative exempli gratia, 'for example' ya u-,he on the contrary who etc.) This particle may serve to give emphasis, like id- and eva-, especially after prepositions or demonstrative pronouns, in conjunction with nu-, vai-, hi-, cid-, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' ay/am u vām purut/amo-.. johavīti-[ ], this very person [your worshipper] invokes you etc.) It is especially used in the figure of speech called Anaphora, and particularly when the pronouns are repeated (exempli gratia, 'for example' t/am u stuṣa /indram t/am gṛṇīṣe-[ ], him I praise, indra-, him I sing). It may be used in drawing a conclusion, like the English"now" (exempli gratia, 'for example' t/ad u t/athā n/a kuryāt-[ ], that now he should not do in such a manner) , and is frequently found in interrogative sentences (exempli gratia, 'for example' k/a u t/ac ciketa-[ ], who, I ask, should know that?) pāṇini- calls this particle uñ- to distinguish it from the interrogative u-. In the pada-pāṭha- it is written ūm-. In the classical language u- occurs only after atha-, na-, and kim-, with a slight modification of the sense, and often only as an expletive (See kim-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāhāram. an example or illustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāharaṇan. referring a general rule to a special case, an example, illustration etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāhṛtif. an example, illustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāhṛtya ind.p. bringing forward an example, illustrating etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhidmfn. penetrating, bursting through View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddeśam. exemplification, illustration, explanation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddeśakamfn. illustrative, explanatory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddeśakam. an illustration, example View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udyamabhaṅgam. frustration of effort, discouragement, dissuasion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamaśravasm. Name of a son of kuru-śravaṇa- and grandson of mitrātithi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upodghātam. an example, opposite argument or illustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpraveṣṭṛtvan. the state or condition of penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utprekṣāf. (in rhetoric) comparison in general, simile, illustration, metaphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utprekṣaṇan. comparing, illustrating by a simile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarapakṣatāf. conclusion, demonstration, reply. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarapakṣatvan. conclusion, demonstration, reply. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadham. frustration, prevention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāricatvaram. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārikarṇikāf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārimūlīf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāripālikāf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāriparṇī f. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāripūrṇīf. Pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsanāf. (in mathematics) proof, demonstration (equals upapatti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupraśamanan. the lustration or purification of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstusaṃśamanīyamfn. relating to the lustration of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. ( vyadh-) penetration, piercing, breaking through, breach, opening, perforation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamayamf(ī-)n. consisting in perforation or penetration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanan. penetration, excavation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇivedhanīf. "hair-penetrating", a leech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhaṅgam. interruption, stoppage, frustration, disturbance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhūtimfn. penetrating, pervading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhvanmfn. far-reaching, penetrating, pervading. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viḍambanan. disappointing, frustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') piercing, penetrating (see marmā--, mṛgā--, śvā--, hṛdayā-vidh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhim. (for 1.See) a rule, formula, injunction, ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction (especially for the performance of a rite as given in the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda-, which according to to consists of two parts, 1. vidhi-,"precepts or commandments" exempli gratia, 'for example' yajeta-,"he ought to sacrifice", kuryāt-,"he ought to perform";2. artha-vāda-, "explanatory statements"as to the origin of rites and use of the mantra-s, mixed up with legends and illustrations) etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyotakamfn. irradiating, illuminating, illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyotinmfn. irradiating, illustrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikāśinmfn. shining, radiant, (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') illumining, illustrating, explaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikuṇṭhamfn. sharp, keen, penetrating, irresistible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikuṇṭhanāf. inward glance, mental concentration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimanas(v/i--) mfn. having a keen or penetrating mind or understanding, sagacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinipātam. frustration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viphalīkaraṇan. making fruitless, frustrating, foiling, defeating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣavidyāf. "poison-science", the administration of antidotes, cure of poison by drugs or charms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvāyanamfn. penetrating every where, all-knowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivācanan. arbitration, authority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyānaśimfn. (1. naś-) pervading, penetrating (with accusative) ( among the bahu-nāmāni-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāpanan. spreading though, pervading, penetration, covering, filling on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatibhedam. pervading, penetration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekyudāharaṇan. illustration by contrast or negation (of certain properties) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahāram. administration of justice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahāramātṛkāf. the material or matter of ordinary judicature, legal process in general, any act or subject relating to the formation of legal courts or the administration of justice (arranged under thirty heads in the beginning of the second book or vyavahārādhyāya- of the mitākṣarā- exempli gratia, 'for example' 1. vyavahāra-darśanani-,2. vyavahāra-lakṣaṇam-,3. sabhā-sadaḥ-,4. prāḍ-vivākādiḥ-,5. vyavahāra-viṣayah-,6. rājñaḥ kāryānutpādakatvam-,7. kāryārthini praśnaḥ-,8. āhvānānāhvāne-,9. āsedhah-,10. pratyarthiny āgatelekhyādi-kartavyatā-,11. pañca-vidho hīnaḥ-,12. kīdṛśaṃ lekhyam-,13. pakṣābhāsāḥ-,14. anadeyāḥ-,15. ādeyaḥ-,and fifteen others) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavāyam. entering, pervading, penetration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutkrāntakasamāpattif. a particular stage of concentration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yamam. (in yoga-) self-restraint (as the first of the eight aṅga-s or means of attaining mental concentration) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantr (rather Nom.fr. yantra-See column 3) cl.10 P. () yantrayati- (or cl.1 P. yantrati-), to restrain, curb, bind (saṃkocane-) ; to bind up, bandage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogam. application or concentration of the thoughts, abstract contemplation, meditation, (especially) self-concentration, abstract meditation and mental abstraction practised as a system (as taught by patañjali- and called the yoga- philosophy;it is the second of the two sāṃkhya- systems, its chief aim being to teach the means by which the human spirit may attain complete union with īśvara- or the Supreme Spirit;in the practice of self-concentration it is closely connected with Buddhism) etc. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogabhraṣṭamfn. one who has fallen from the practice of yoga- or self-concentration commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogamayamf(ī-)n. resulting from self-concentration or yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogamayajñānan. knowledge derived from self-concentration or meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogapadan. a state of self-concentration or meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yojanan. mental concentration, abstraction, directing the thoughts to one point (equals yoga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
149 results
akāma अकाम a. [नास्ति कामो यस्य] 1 Free from desire, affection, love; अकामस्य क्रिया काचिद् दृश्यते नेह कर्हिचित् Ms.2.4. everything is an act of his will. -2 Reluctant, unwilling; यो$कामां दूषयेत्कन्यां स सद्यो वधमर्हति । Ms.8.364; also नाकामो दातुमर्हति. -3 Uninfluenced by, not subject to, love; भयादकामापि हि दृष्टिविभ्रमं Ś.1.23. -4 Unconscious, unintentional; अकामोपनतेनेव साधोर्हृदयमेनसा R.1.39 unconsciously committed. -5 The Sandhi which causes the dropping of a final र् before a following र्. -Comp. -कर्शन a. Ved. not frustrating desire; शिक्षानरः प्रदिवो अकामकर्शनः Rv.1.53.2. -हत a. not smitten with desire or affection, free from desire, calm.
akuṇṭhita अकुण्ठित a. Not blunted; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19 penetrating all sciences; बिभ्रतो$स्त्रमचले$प्यकुण्ठितं 11.74 taking effect on, prevailing against even mountains.
akṣṇayāvan अक्ष्णयावन् a. Going through, penetrating.
aṇḍaḥ अण़्डः ण्डम् [अमन्ति संप्रयोगं यान्ति अनने; अम्-ड Uṇ.1. 111] 1 The testicles. -2 The scrotum. -3 An egg; oft. used with reference to the world as having sprung from the primordial, egg of Brahman; शब्दैरनेकैरशनिप्ररूढै- र्भिन्दन्निवाणुम् Rām.5.54.33. ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. -4 The musk bag. -5 semen virile. -6 N. of Śiva. -Comp. -आकर्षणम् castration. -आकार, -आकृति a. [बहु.] egg-shaped, oval, elliptical. (-रः-तिः) an ellipse. -कटाहः, -हम् [अण्डं ब्रह्माण्डं कटाहमिव] the shell of the ब्रह्माण्ड or mundane egg. -कोटरपुष्पी [अण्डमिव कोटरे मध्ये पुष्पं यस्याः.] N. of a plant अजान्त्री or नीलवुह्ना. -कोशः-षः, -षकः [ष. त.] the scrotum. -ज a.. [अण़्डात जायते; जन्-ड born from an egg. रोमजं वालजं चर्म व्याघ्नजं चाण्डजं बहु Rām.6.75.12. (-जः) 1 a bird, oviparous being; मूकाण्डजम् (काननम्) Ku. 3.42. -2 a fish. -3 a snake. -4 a lizard. -5 Brahmā. (-जा) musk. -धरः [ष. त.]N. of Śiva. -वर्धनम्, -वृद्धिः f. swelling of the scrotum, hydrocele. -सू a oviparous.
adhikāraḥ अधिकारः 1 Superintendence, watching over; स्त्रीषु कष्टो$धिकारः V.3.1; यः पौरवेण राज्ञा धर्माधिकारे नियुक्तः Ś.1 superintendence of religious matters. -2 Duty, office, charge; power, post of authority; authority; मन्त्राधि- कारः Kau. A.1 निर्णयाधिकारे ब्रवीमि M.1. I say this in the capacity of a judge; अविश्रमो$यं लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5; द्वीपिनस्ताम्बूलाधिकारो दत्तः Pt.1, तुल्योद्योगस्तव दिनकृतश्चाधिकारो मतो नः V.2.1.; अर्थ˚ administration of pecuniary matters स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; अधिकारे मम पुत्रको नियुक्तः M.5; यः सर्वाधिकारे नियुक्तः प्रधानमन्त्री स करोतु, अनुजीविना पर˚ चर्चा न कर्तव्या H.2; शिल्पाधिकारे योग्येयं दारिका M.1 fit to be initiated in to the fine arts. -3 Sovereignty, government or administration, jurisdiction, rule; स्वाधिकार- भूमौ वर्तिष्यते Ś.7 seat of government or jurisdiction, ˚खेदं निरूप्य Ś.5. -4 Position, dignity, rank; हृताधिकारां मलिनाम् Y.1.7 deprived of the position or rights or privileges of a wife. -5 (a) Right, authority, privilege, claim, title (as to wealth, property &c.); right of ownership or possession; अधिकारः फले स्वाम्यमथिकारी च तत्प्रभुः S. D.296; वत्से$धिकारः स्थितः Mv.4.38 it now belongs to the child. (b) Qualification or authority to perform certain specified duties, civil, sacrificial, religious &c.; as the अधिकार of a king to rule and protect, of a Brāhmaṇa to sacrifice, of a Vaiśya to till or trade &c.; शूद्रो$धिकारहीनो$पि Y.3.262; with loc.; निषेकादिस्मशा- नान्तो मन्त्रैर्यस्योदितो विधिः । तस्य शास्त्रे$धिकारो$स्मिन् ज्ञेयो नान्यस्य कस्यचित् Ms.2.16; श्राद्धाधिकारसम्पदस्तु इति भवन्तो ब्रुवन्तु (repeated in Śrāddha ceremonies). -6 Prerogative of a king. -7 Effort, exertion; कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन Bg.2.47 your business is with action alone &c. -8 Relation, reference; स राघवस्तत्र तदा प्रलापाञ् शुश्राव लोकस्य समागतस्य । आत्माधिकारा विविधाश्च वाचः Rām.2.17.43. कथा विचित्राः पृतनाधिकाराः Mb. -9 Place = अधिकरण; महत्खलु पुरुषाधिकारं ज्योतिः M.1. -1 A topic, paragraph or section; प्रायश्चित्त˚ Mit.; See अधिकरण. -11 Counting, enumeration, occasion for counting; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे Ki. 3.51 (गणनाप्रस्तावे). -12 (In gram.) A head or governing rule, which exerts a directing or governing influence over other rules; e. g. सर्वस्य द्वे P.VIII.1.1; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा; प्राग्दीव्यतो$ण् IV.1.82-3; तत्पुरुषः II. 1.22; अधिकारो$यं Sk. (This अधिकार is of three kinds; सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च । गङ्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारस्त्रिधा मतः ॥.) अधिकार also means a word or sūtra extending over in the following सूत्रs up to a particular limit. -Comp. -विधिः determination or statement of qualifications to do particular acts; as राजा राजसूयेन यजेत. -स्थ -आढ्य a. possessed of authority, invested with office. अधिकारिन् adhikārin अधिकारवत् adhikāravat अधिकारिन् अधिकारवत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे इनि मतुप् वा] 1 Possessed of authority, having power; निःस्पृहो नाधिकारी स्यात् Pt.1.164; सन्धिविग्रहकार्य˚, कार्य˚ H.3. -2 Entitled to, having a right to; सर्वे स्युरधिकारिणः; so उत्तराधिकारिन् heir; धनग्रहण˚ &c.; तपस्यनधिकारित्वात् R.15.51 not qualified or authorised. -3 Belonging to, owned by. -4 Fit for. -m. (री-वान्) 1 An official, officer; न निष्प्रयोजनम् अधिकारवन्तः प्रभुभिराहूयन्ते Mu.3; a functionary, superintendent, head, director, governor. -2 A rightful claimant, proprietor, master, owner. -3 One qualified to sacrifice or perform sacred works. -4 Man as the lord of creation. -5 One well versed in the Vedānta.
adhiṣṭhānam अधिष्ठानम् [अधि-स्था-ल्युट्] 1 Standing or being near, being at hand, approach (सन्निधि); अत्राधिष्ठानं कुरु take a seat here. -2 Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, locating oneself in; प्राणाधिष्ठानं देहस्य &c. -3 A position, site, basis, seat; त्र्यधिष्ठानस्य देहिनः Ms.12.4; इन्द्रियाणि मनो बुद्धिरस्याधिष्ठानमुच्यते Bg.3.4, 18.14 the seat (of that desire.) -4 Residence, abode; नगरं राजाधिष्ठानम् Pt.1.; so धर्म˚; a place, locality, town; सर्वाविनयाधिष्ठानतां गच्छन्ति K.16; कस्मिंश्चिदधिष्ठाने in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, power of control, presiding over; अनधिष्ठानम् H.3.83. lose of position, dimissal from a post (of authority); समर्थस्त्वमिमं जेतुमधिष्ठानपराक्रमैः Rām.; ययेह अश्वैर्युक्तो रथः सार- थिना$धिष्ठितः प्रवर्तते तथा आत्माधिष्ठानाच्छरीरम् Gaudapāda; महाश्वेताकृताच्च सत्याधिष्ठानात् K.346 appeal or reference to truth. -6 Government, dominion. -7 A wheel (of a car &c.) अधिष्ठानं मनश्चासीत्परिरथ्या सरस्वती Mb.8.34.34; 5.178.74. -8 A precedent, prescribed rule. -9 A benediction. cf. अधिष्ठानं चक्रपुरप्रभावाध्यासनेष्वपि । Nm. -1 Destruction (?); अमित्राणामधिष्ठानाद्वधाद् दुर्योधनस्य च । भीम दिष्ट्या पृथिव्यां ते प्रथितं सुमहद्यशः ॥ Mb.9.61.14. -11 Couch, seat, bed; साधिष्ठानानि सर्वशः Rām.6.75.19. -12 A butt (for an allurement.) तस्माद् ब्राह्ममधिष्ठानं कृत्वा कार्ये चतुर्विधे । Kau. A.1.1. -Comp. -अधिकरणम् Municipal Board. (अधिष्ठान = city; अधिकरण = court and office of administration) EI,XV, p.143; XVII. p. 193 f; XX, pp.61 ff. -शरीरम् A body which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body.
adhyātma अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.
anupasaṃhārin अनुपसंहारिन् m. A kind of हेत्वाभास or fallacy in Nyāya, a subdivision of the अनैकान्तिकहेत्वाभास; वस्तुमात्र- पक्षको$नुपसंहारी that is, that which includes every known thing in the पक्ष and thus prevents the corroboration of a general rule of causation by illustrations, positive or negative; as सर्वं नित्यं प्रमेयत्वात्; अत्र सर्वस्यैव पक्षत्वात् प्रमेयत्वं हेतुरनुपसंहारी अन्वये व्यतिरेके वा दृष्टान्ताभावात्.
anubhartṛ अनुभर्तृ m. 1 Praising conformably, imitating. -2 Supporting, strengthening. -3 Penetrating, एषा स्या वो मरुतो$नुभत्रीं प्रति ष्टोभति वाघतो न वाणी Rv.1.88.6.
anuvākaḥ अनुवाकः [अनूच्यते इति, वच् घञ् कुत्वम् P.II.4.29 Vārt.] 1 Repeating, reciting reading. अनुवाकहताबुद्धिः Mb.5.132.6. -2 A subdivision of the Vedas, section, chapter; जेतुं जैत्रानथ खलु जपन्सूक्तसामानुवाकान् Mv.3.23. -3 Chapter or section referring to a compilation from the Ṛigveda or Yajurveda (ऋग्यजुःसमूह). -4 A statement in the ब्राह्मणs illustrating the mantrās; यं वाकेष्वनुवाकेषु निषत्सूपनिषत्सु च Mb.12.47.26. -Comp. -अनुक्रमणी N. of a table of contents, referring to the Ṛigveda, attributed to Śaunaka. -सङ्ख्या the fourth of the eighteen Pariśiṣṭas of the Yajurveda.
anūkta अनूक्त p. p. Repeated, recited after; occurring in the text studied. यथा वेदो वाननूक्तो$न्यद्वा कर्माकृतम् Bṛi. Up.1. 4.15. -क्तम्, -क्तिः f. 1 Subsequent mention; repetition by way of explanation or illustration. -2 Study of the Vedas.
anuvad अनुवद् 1 P. 1 To imitate in speaking, mock (with acc.); गिरं नः...अनुवदति शुकस्ते मञ्जुवाक् पञ्जरस्थः R.5.74 repeat; उक्तमनुवदति Sk.; (P. & A.) to resound, echo; अनुवदति वीणा P.I.3.49 Sk. अनुवदते कठः कलापस्य ibid.; सभा- भित्तिप्रतिध्वानैर्भयादन्ववदन्निब Śi.2.67 echoed and approved also; घोषस्यान्ववदिष्टेव लङ्का पूतक्रतोः पुरः Bk.8.29. -2 To repeat or say again by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; see Kull. on Ms.1.74;2.6. -3 To repeat, tell, say (generally); निजमनोरथमनुबदन्त्या Dk.21. -4 To abuse, rail at. -Caus. To cause to resound or echo.
anuvādaḥ अनुवादः 1 Repetition (in general); गुण˚ K.26. -2 Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; अनुवादे चरणानाम् P.II.4.3. (सिद्धस्योपन्यासे Sk.) -3 Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as paraphrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brāhmaṇas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to विधि 'authoritative or direct injunction'; विधिविहितस्य अनुवचनमनुवादः । नानुवादपुनरुक्तयोः विशेषः शब्दाभ्या- सोपपत्तेः Nyāya sūtra; cf. also विध्यनुवादयोर्विधिर्ज्यायान्, अपू- र्वार्थप्रकल्पत्वादिति ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. It is of 3 kinds:- भूतार्थ˚ (सदेव सौम्येदमग्र आसीत्); स्तुत्यर्थ˚ (वायुर्वै क्षेपिष्ठा देवता) and गुण˚ (अग्निहोत्रं जुहोति इत्युक्ते दध्ना जुहोति इति गुणविधानात्); see अर्थवाद also. -4 Corroboration, confirmation. -5 Slander, abuse, reviling. -6 Advertisement, notice; report, rumour. -7 Commencement of speech (वाचारम्भणमात्रम्).
anuvādaka अनुवादक वादिन् a. 1 Explanatory, corroborative, repeating with comment, explanation or illustration; आरम्भश्च साहसानुवादी Dk.95 bespeaks. -2 Conformable to, in harmony with, like; युक्तगीतानुवादिना Rām.; तदनु- वादिगुणः कुसुमोद्गमः R.9.33. -न् m. N. of any one of the three notes of the gamut.
anūkāśaḥ अनूकाशः [अनु-काश्-घञ् उपसर्गस्य दीर्घत्वम्] 1 Reflection (of light). -2 Regard, reference, illustration.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
antarayaḥ अन्तरयः रायः 1 An impediment, obstacle, hindrance, what stands in the way; स चेत् त्वमन्तरायो भवसि च्युतो विधिः R.3.45,14.65; बह्वन्तराययुक्तस्य धर्मस्य त्वरिता गतिः Pt.3.11; अस्य ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्य अन्तरायौ तपस्विनौ संवृत्तौ Ś.1 v. l. standing in the way. -2 (In Vedānta) Hindrance to the concentration of mind which is said to be of four kinds, लय, विक्षेप, कषाय and रसास्वाद. -3 An intervention, a covering, screen; दाहप्रेम्णा सरसविसिनीपत्रमा- त्रान्तरायः Māl.3.12. -4 (With the Jainas) Interference or obstruction offered to those who are engaged in seeking deliverance, and consequent prevention of their accomplishment of it; one of the 8 classes of karman.
anyathā अन्यथा ind. [अन्य-प्रकारार्थे था] 1 Otherwise, in another way or manner, in a different manner; यदभावि न तद्भावि भावि चेन्न तदन्यथा H. प्रस्ताविका 24; with अतः, इतः or ततः otherwise than, in a manner different from; अतो$न्यथा प्रवृत्तिस्तु राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.5.31; एतज्ज्ञानमिति प्रोक्तमज्ञानं यदतो$न्यथा Bg.13.11. अन्यथा-अन्यथा in one way, in another (different) way; यो$न्यथा सन्तमा- त्मानमन्यथा भाषते Ms.4.255; सत्त्वभङ्गभयाद्राज्ञां कथयन्त्य- न्यथा पुरः । अन्यथा विवृतार्थेषु स्वैरालापेषु मन्त्रिणः Mu.4.8. अन्यथा कृ (a) to do otherwise, change or alter; न हि दैवं शक्यमन्यथा कर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; न स्वभावो$त्र मर्त्यानां शक्यते कर्तुमन्यथा Pt.1.258; Ś.6.14; (b) to act otherwise, violate, transgress, go against; त्वया कदाचिदपि मम वचनं नान्यथा कृतम् Pt.4; (c) to destroy, undo, frustrate, baffle, defeat (hope, plan &c.), कर्तुमकर्तुमन्यथाकर्तुं समर्थ ईश्वरः; ममेच्छां मान्यथा कृथाः Ks.22.51; लाभं कुर्याच्च यो$न्यथा Y.2.195; (d) to make false, falsify; ख्यातो लोकप्रवादो$यं भरतेनान्यथा कृतः Rām.; अमात्यः प्राड्विवाको वा यत्कुर्युः कार्यमन्यथा Ms.9.234 to do wrongly; ˚ग्रह्, -मन्, -संभावय्, -समर्थय्, -विकल्पय् &c. to take or think to be otherwise, to misunderstand, understand wrongly; अलमन्यथा गृहीत्वा न खलु मन- स्विनि मया प्रयुक्तमिदम् M.1.2; अलमस्मानन्यथा संभाव्य Ś.1; किं मामन्यथा संभावयसि K.147; Ś.3.19; जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste), ˚भू or या to be otherwise, be changed or altered, be falsified; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; शोकार्तस्य प्रवृत्तो मे श्लोको भवतु नान्यथा Rām.; तयोर्महात्मनोर्वाक्यं नान्यथा याति सांप्रतम् Rām. -2 Otherwise, or else, in the contrary case; व्यक्तं नास्ति कथमन्यथा वासन्त्यपि तां न पश्येत् U.3; स्तेनो$न्यथा भवेत् Ms.8.144; Y.1.86,2.288; on the other hand, on the contrary. -3 Falsely, untruly; किमन्यथा भट्टिनी मया विज्ञापितपूर्वा V.2; किमन्यथा भट्टिन्यै विज्ञापितम् M.4; न खल्वन्यथा ब्राह्मणस्य वचनम् V.3; यो न्यायमन्यथा ब्रूते स याति नरकं नरः Pt.3.17; H.3.15; Ms.8.9. -4 Wrongly, erroneously, badly, as in अन्यथासिद्ध q. v. below; see under (1) also. -5 From another motive, cause, or ground; दुर्वाससः शापादियं त्वया प्रत्यादिष्टा नान्यथा Ś.7. [cf. L. aliuta.]. -Comp. -अनुपपत्तिः f. see अर्थापत्ति. -कारः changing, altering. (-रम्) adv. in a different manner, differently P.III.4.27. -ख्यातिः f. 1 erroneous conception of the Spirit. -2 Name of a philosophical work. -3 wrong conception in general (in phil.). In Sāṅkhya philosophy it means the assertion that something is not really what it appears to be according to sensual perception; title of a philosophical work. -भावः alteration, change, being otherwise, difference; एकस्या व्यक्तेः सर्वावयवावच्छेदेनान्यथाभावः कार्त्स्न्यम् P.V.4.53; Sk. change of view or mind; मयि ˚भावो न कर्तव्यः Ch. Up. -वादिन् a. speaking differently or falsely; speaking falsely or inconsistently; (in law) a prevaricator, prevaricating witness. -वृत्ति a. 1 changed, altered. -2 affected, perturbed; disturbed by strong emotions; मेघालोके भवति सुखिनोप्यन्यथावृत्ति चेतः Me.3. -सिद्ध a. proved or demonstrated wrongly; (in Nyāya) said of a cause (कारण) which is not the true one, but only refers to accidental and remote circumstances (as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a घट or jar) which do not invariably contribute to the result, see कारण; this अन्यथा˚ is said to be of 3 kinds in Tarka. K., but 5 are mentioned in Bhāṣā P.19-22. -द्धम्, -सिद्धिः f. wrong demonstration; one in which arguments, not being true causes are advanced; an unessential cause, an accidental or concomitant circumstance. Bhāṣā P.16. -स्तोत्रम् satire, irony; सत्यासत्यान्यथास्तोत्रैर्न्यूनाङ्गेन्द्रियरोगिणाम् (क्षेपं करोति) cf. यत्र विकृताकृतिरेव दर्शनीयस्त्वमसीत्युच्यते तदन्यथास्तोत्रम् । Mitākṣarā. Y.2.24.
apa अप ind. [न पाति रक्षति पतनात् पा-ड Tv.] 1 (As a prefix to verbs it means) (a) Away, away from, denoting वियोग; अपयाति, अपनयति; (b) deterioration (विकृति); अपकरोति does wrongly or badly; (c) opposition, negation, contradiction (विपरीत); अपकर्षति, अपचिनोति; (d) direction or mention or illustration (निदर्शन); अपदिशति; (e) exclusion (वर्जन); अपवह्, अपसृ Caus. (f) joy, merriment or laughter (आनन्द); अपहसति; (g) concealment or denial (चौर्य); अपलपति, अपवदते. -2 As first member of Tat. or Bahuvrīhi comp. it has all the above senses; अपयानम्, अपकर्म, अपपाठः; अपशब्दः a bad or corrupt word; ˚भी fearless; ˚कल्मष stainless; अपरागः discontent (opp. to अनुराग); ˚मेघोदयं वर्षम् Ku.6.54 &c. In most cases अप may be translated by 'bad', 'inferior', 'corrupt', 'wrong', 'unworthy', &c. It also means 'going downwards' as in अपानः. -3 As a separable preposition (with a noun in the abl.) (a) away from; यत्संप्रत्यप लोकेभ्यो लङ्कायां वसतिर्भयात् Rām; (b) without, on the outside of; अप हरेः संसारः Sk.; (c) with the exception of, excepting; अप त्रिगर्तेभ्यो वृष्टो देवः Sk. on the outside of, with the exception of. In these senses अप may form adverbial compounds also (P.II.1.12); ˚विष्णु संसारः Sk. without Viṣṇu; ˚त्रिगर्तं वृष्टो देवः excepting त्रिगर्त &c. It also implies negation, contradiction &c.; ˚कामम्, ˚शङ्कम्. The senses of this word as given by G. M. may be thus put in verse; वर्जने विकृतौ चौर्ये विपरीतवियोगयोः । अपकृष्टे च निर्देशे हर्षे चापः प्रयुज्यते. [cf. L. ab; Gr. apo; Goth. af. Eng. of or off; Zend apa].
abhijña अभिज्ञ a. [ज्ञा-क्र] 1 Knowing, aware of, one who understands or is acquainted with, experiencing or having had experience of (with gen. or loc. in comp.); कान्तारवनदुर्गाणामभिज्ञा Rām.4.39.28. यद्वा कौशलमिन्द्रसूनुदमने तत्राप्यभिज्ञो जनः U.5.34; अभिज्ञाच्छेदपातानां क्रियन्ते नन्दनद्रुमाः Ku.2.41, Me.16; R.7.64; अनभिज्ञो भवान्सेवाधर्मस्य Pt.1. -2 Skilled in, conversant with, proficient, skilful, clever; यदि त्वमीदृशः कथायामभिज्ञः U.4., see अनभिज्ञ also. -ज्ञः Brahmā, The Almighty; देहाद्यपार्थमसदन्त्यमभिज्ञमात्रं विन्देत ते तर्हि सर्वमनीषितार्थम् Bhāg.12.8.44. -ज्ञा 1 Recognition. -2 Remembrance, recollection; अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III. 2.112. -3 A supernatural faculty or power of which five kinds are usually mentioned:- (1) taking any form at will; (2) hearing to any distance; (3) seeing to any distance; (4) penetrating men's thoughts; (5) knowing their state and antecedents. Monier Williams. cf. नामस्मृत्योरभिज्ञा स्यात् Nm.
abhyāsaḥ अभ्यासः 1 Repetition in general; व्याख्याता व्याख्याता इति पदाभ्यासो$ध्यायपरिसमाप्तिं द्योतयति S. B.; T.4.28 नाभ्यासक्रममीक्षते Pt.1.151; Ms.12.74; Y.3.322. cf. also अन्यायश्च कृते$भ्यासः । MS.1.3.26 -2 Repeated practice or exercise, contiuned practice or use; अविरतश्रमाभ्यासात् K.3, Pt.1.133; अभ्यासेन तु कौन्तेय वैराग्येण च गृह्यते Bg.6.35,44 by constant practice (to remain pure and unmodified); 12.12; योग˚ Y.3.51 practice of concentration; hence sometimes used for 'concentration of mind upon one subject'; ˚निगृहीतेन मनसा R.1.23; so शर˚, अस्त्र˚ &c. -3 Habit, custom, practice; मिथ्योपपदात् कृञो$भ्यासे P.I. 3.71; तद् यथाभ्यासं अभिधीयताम् U.1 therefore address me as is your wont; अमङ्गलाभ्यासरतिम् Ku.5.65; Y.3.68. -4 Discipline in arms, exercise, military discipline. -5 Reciting, study, repeated reading or learning by heart; काव्यज्ञशिक्षयाभ्यासः K. P.1; K.146,2; Ms.5. 4; वेद˚ is of 5 kinds:- वेदस्वीकरणं पूर्वं विचारो$भ्यसनं जपः । तद्दानं चैव शिष्येभ्यो वेदाभ्यासो हि पञ्चधा ॥ Dakṣa. -6 vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood (for अभ्याश); चूतयष्टिरि- वाभ्यासे (शे) मधौ परभृतोन्मुखी Ku.6.2; (अभ्यासे-शे मधौ must mean here speaking to 'Madhu who was near her' scil. by having manifested himself before her, which fully preserves the simile of Pārvatī, herself silent, speaking to her lover who was near her through her friend); अर्पितेयं तवाभ्यासे सीता पुण्यव्रता वधूः U.7.17 given in your charge; Śi.3.4; अभ्यासा-शा-दागतः P.II. 1.38 Sk. (ragarded as an Aluk Compound). -7 (In gram.) Reduplication. -8 The first syllable of a reduplicated base, reduplicative syllable; पूर्वो$भ्यासः P.VI. 1.4; अत्र ये द्वे विहिते तयोः पूर्वो$भ्याससंज्ञः स्यात् Sk. -9 (In Math.) Multiplication. -1 (In poetry) Repetition of the last verses or lines (as of a chorus); chorus, burden of a song. -Comp. -गत a. approached, gone near. -परिवर्तिन् a. wandering about or near. -योगः abstraction of mind resulting from continuous deep meditation; अभ्यासयोगेन ततो मामिच्छाप्तुं धनञ्जय Bg. 12.9. -लोपः dropping of the reduplicative syllable. -व्यवायः interval caused by the reduplicative syllable; ˚ये$पि though separated by this syllable.
abhyudāharaṇam अभ्युदाहरणम् An example or illustration of a thing by its reverse.
amanas अमनस् अमनस्क a. 1 Without the organ of desire, thought &c. -2 Devoid of intellect (as a child). -3 Inattentive, careless. -4 Having no control over the mind. -5 Devoid of affection. n. (-नः) 1 Not the organ of desire, non-perception. -2 Inattention. m. The Supreme Being. -Comp. -गत a. Unknown, unthought of. -नीत, -ज्ञ a. Disapproved, condemned; reprobate. -योगः Absence of concentration of mind, inattention. -हर a. displeasing, disagreeable.
ari अरि a. [ऋ-इन्] Moving, going, reaching; obtaining, aspiring, devoted to, zealous (Ved.). -रिः 1 An enemy, foe (cf. Uṇ.4.138); (used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', 'not worshipping or devoted', 'hostile'); विजितारिपुरःसरः R.1.59,61; 4.4. -2 An enemy of mankind (said of the six feelings which disturb man's mind); कामः क्रोध- स्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1.9. -3 A species of खदिर or Mimosa (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खैर). -4 N. of the number six (from the six enemies). -5 N. of a condition in astronomy. -6 Any part of a carriage. -7 A wheel, also a disk, अन्यो$न्यहस्तकलितैः कति मूर्तिभेदाः, शम्भोर्हरेरिव गदारिसरोजशङ्खैः Līlā. -8 A lord, master. -9 The wind. -1 A pious or religious man. -Comp. -कर्षण a. tamer or subduer of enemies. -कुलम् 1 a host of enemies. -2 an enemy, -केलिः Sport of a foe, sexual enjoyment cf. अरिकेलिः शत्रुलीला स्त्रीरत्योश्चापि कीर्तितः Nm. -गूर्त a. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers. -घ्नः destroyer of enemies. -चिन्तनम्, -चिन्ता schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs. -त्र a. protecting from enemies. -धायस् a. possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious) -नन्दन a. "an enemy's joy", affording triumph to an enemy. -निपातः invasion made by enemies. -भद्रः the foremost or most powerful enemy; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14.31. -मर्दः 'curshing enemies, N. of a plant (काममर्द; Mar. कासविंदा). -मर्दन a. crushing or trampling foes, destroying enemies. -मेदः N. of a tree (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खरै); N. of a country; Bṛi. S. 14.2. -मेदकः N. of an insect bred in excrement. -स्थानकम् consternation, defeat. -सूदनः, -हन्, -हिंसकः destroyer of enemies; पूजार्हावरिसूदन Bg.2.4. हरिहयो$रिह- योगविचक्षणः R.9.18.
arthaḥ अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7). -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2). -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.). -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.
ātanam आतनम् 1 Spreading, penetrating, expanding. -2 Sight, view.
āsthā आस्था 1 P. 1 To stand or remain on or by, to occupy. Śvet.2.5. -2 To ascend, mount; रथम्, स्यन्दनम् &c. -3 To use, have recourse to, resort to, practise, take, assume, follow; यथा यथा हि सद्वृत्तमातिष्ठन्त्यनसूयकाः Ms.1.128, 2.133,1.11; समाधिमास्थाय Ku.5.2 practising concentration of mind; स्वरूपम् Ku.5.84. assuming his own form; तनुम् Mu.7.19; R.6.72; कूर्मसंकोचमास्थाय प्रहारानपि मर्षयेत् Pt.3.21 contracting himself like a tortoise; पदमातस्थुषा Ku.6.72 taking a place among; व्रतम् Ve.3.21; so स्त्रीरूपम् Pt.3.31; आस्थितबिषादधियः Ki.6.29 gloomy; तं तं नियममास्थाय Bg.7.2,8.12; K.165; आस्थितविष्टरः R.15.79; सुहृदास्थितायां सभायाम् Ku.7.29; विषमग्निं जलं रज्जुमास्थास्ये तव कारणात् Mb. use; चिन्तामौनमि- वास्थिता V.4.67 lost in moody abstraction. -4 To do, perform, carry out. -5 To recognise, acknowledge, own. -6 To exhibit, aim at. -7 To undertake, promise, agree. -8 To behave. -Caus. 1 To cause to stand. -2 To hold fast, cling to. -3 To collect, obtain. -4 To place in, infix. -5 To show, represent, introduce; प्रविश्य स्थापकस्तद्वत्काव्यमास्थापयेत्ततः S. D.283; Mv.1.13. -6 To step.
iti इति ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (शब्दस्वरूपद्योतक); कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rāmarakṣā. अत एव गवित्याह Bhartṛi.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (प्रतिपदिकार्थद्योतक); चयस्त्विषामित्यवधारितं पुरा ... क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1.3.; अवैमि चैनामनघेति R.14.4; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुः R.1.12; sometimes with acc. कैवर्तमिति यं प्राहुः Ms.1.34.; Bg.6.2; (3) or a whole sentence when इति is merely used at the end of that sentence; (वाक्यार्थद्योतक); ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति भौंर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1.13; तयोर्मुनिकुमारयोरन्यतरः कथयति अक्षमालामुपयचितुमागतो- स्मीति K.151. -2 Besides this general sense इति has the following senses:-(a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि U.; पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्वम् M.1.2, oft. with किम् q. v. (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that', 'in order that' शरीरस्य विनाशो मा भूदिति मयेदमु- त्क्षिप्य समानीतम् K.32; R.1.37. (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. अथ); इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः thus or here ends the first Act. (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; पृथिव्यापस्तेजो वायुराकाशं कालो दिगात्मा मन इति द्रव्याणि T. S. (e) So, thus, in this manner; इत्युक्तवन्तं परिरभ्य दोर्भ्याम् Ki.11.8. (f) Of this nature or description; गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्तीति जातिः. (g) As follows, to the following effect; रामाभिधानो हरिरित्युवाच R.13.1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; पितेति स पूज्यः, अध्यापक इति निन्द्यः, शीघ्रमिति सुकरं, निभृतमिति चिन्तनीयं भवेत् Ś.3. (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayibhāva comp. इतिपाणिनि thus according to Pāṇini. (j) Illustration (usually with आदि); इन्दुरिन्दुरिव श्रीमानित्यादौ तदनन्वयः Chandr.; गौः शुश्चलो डित्थ इत्यादौ K. P.2. (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; इति पाणिनिः, इत्यापिशलिः, इत्यमरः, विश्वः &c. (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; शकि लिङ् च (P.III.3.172) इति शक्यार्थे लिङ् Malli. Other senses mentioned are:- (m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (o) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (q) Proximity. (r) Visibility. (s) Excess or superiority. (t) Requiring. (इति स्वरूपे सान्निध्ये विवक्षानियमे मते । हेतौ प्रकार- प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशेप्यवधारणे, एकमर्थे समाप्तौ च ॥ Hem.). -Comp. -अर्थः sum and substance, meaning in short (often) used by commentators). -अर्थम् ind. for this purpose, hence. -आदि a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cætera (&c.). इत्यादिप्रचुराः पुरातन- कथाः सर्वेभ्य एवं श्रुताः Udb. -उक्तम् information, report. -कथ a. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wicked, lost. (-था) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. -कर्तव्य, -करणीय, -कार्य, -कृत्य a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (-कर्तव्यम्, -णीयम्) duty, obligation; श्रूयतामितिकर्तव्यं सर्वानेव ब्रवीमि वः Rām.2.68.5. एवं सर्वं विधायेदमितिकर्तव्यमात्मनः Ms.7.14 2. संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैरालापैः Ki.7.17. ˚ता, -कार्यता, -कृत्यता any proper or necessary duty, obligation; स मुहूर्तमिव घ्यात्वा विनिश्चित्येतिकृत्यताम् Mb.3.36.4. इति- कर्तव्यतामूढः wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. -पाणिनि ind. Thus according to Pāṇini's very words. -मात्र a. of such extent or quality. -वृत्तम् 1 occurrence, event. -2 a tale, story.
iva इव ind. 1 Like, as (showing उपमा or comparison); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; वैनतेय इव विनतानन्दनः K.5. -2 As if, as it were (denoting उत्प्रेक्षा); पश्यामीव पिनाकिनम् Ś.1.6. लिम्पतीव तमोङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34. -3 Little, somewhat, perhaps; कडार इवायम् G. M. -4 (Added to interrogative words), 'Possibly', 'I should like to know', 'indeed'; विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; क इव of what sort, what like; क इव कालः Māl.2; what a long time has elapsed. -5 इव is frequently used with adverbs, especially with such as involve restriction, by way of emphasis in the sense of even or just so, just, exactly, quite, indeed, very; मुहूर्तमिव but for a moment; किंचिदिव just a little bit; so ईषदिव, नाचिरादिव, &c.; (इव is considered by grammarians as forming compounds with the word after which it stands; इवेन समासो विभक्त्यलोपश्च Vārt. on P.II.4.71. Sk.). -Comp. -उपमा f. A simile in which इव is used. Bk.1.41 is given as an illustration of इवोपमा.
ud उद् ind. A prefix to verbs and nouns. G. M. gives the following senses with illustrations:- (1) Superiority in place, rank or power; up, upwards, upon, on, over, above (उद्बल). (2) Separation, disjunction उत्कञ्चुकः; out, out off, from, apart &c.; उद्गच्छति. (3) Motion upwards (उत्कन्धरः, उत्पताक, उत्तिष्ठति) पुरन्दर- श्रीः परमुत्पताकं प्रविश्य पौरैरभिनन्द्यमानः R.2.74. (4) acquisition, gain; उपार्जति. (5) Publicity; उच्चरति. (6) Wonder; anxiety; उत्सुक. (7) Liberation; उद्गत. (8) Absence; उत्पथ. (9) Blowing, expanding, opening; उत्फुल्ल. (1) Pre-eminence; उद्दिष्ट. (11) Power; उत्साहः; उत् प्राबल्यवियोगोर्ध्वकर्मलाभप्रकाशाश्चर्यमोक्षणाभावदलप्राधान्यशक्तिषु. With nouns it forms adj. and adv. compounds; उदर्चिस्, उच्छिख, उद्बाहु, उन्निद्रम्, उत्पथम्, उद्दामम् &c. It is sometimes used in the Veda as an expletive simply to fill out the verse.
udāhṛ उदाहृ 1 P. 1 To relate, narrate, declare, announce. -2 To say, speak, utter; उदाजहार द्रुपदात्मजा गिरः Ki.1.27; Mk.9.4; Pt.2.; चिकित्सका दोषमुदाहरन्ति M.2; Māl.1; त्वां कामिनो मदनदूतिमुदाहरन्ति V.4.11; mutter, repeat; धर्माक्षराणि Mk.8. -3 To cite as an instance or illustration, illustrate; त्वमुदाह्रियस्व कथमन्यथा जनैः Śi.15.29.
udārahaṇam उदारहणम् 1 Relating, declaration, saying, utterance. -2 Narration, recital, opening a conversation; अथा- ङ्गिरसमग्रण्यमुदाहरणवस्तुपु Ku.6.65; अद्भुतोदाहरणानि Mv.5 stories or narrations. -3 A declaratory song or poem, a sort of panegyric beginning with words like जयति and full of alliteration; पत्रे निवेशितमुदाहरणं प्रियायाः V.2.14; चारणेभ्यस्त्वदीयं जयोदाहरणं श्रुत्वा V.1; जयोदाहरणं बाह्वोर्गापयामास किन्नरान् R.4.78; (येन केनापि तालेन गद्यपद्यसमन्वितम् । जयत्युप- क्रमं मालिन्यादिप्रासविचित्रितम् ॥ तदुदाहरणं नाम विभक्त्यष्टाङ्गसंयुतम् । Pratāparudra.) -4 An instance, example, illustration; समूलघातमव्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानिनः । प्रध्वंसितान्धतमसस्त- त्रोदाहरणं रविः ॥ Śi.2.33. किमुदाहरणम् Kāśi. पुराणमितिवृत्ता- ख्यायिकोदाहरणम् ...। Kau. A.1.5. -5 (In Nyāya) The third member of an Indian syllogism (which has five members). -6 Beginning, commencement, introduction. -7 Exhibition, illustration; U.1. -8 (In Rhet.) An illustration reckoned as a figure of speech by some rhetoricians. It resembles अर्थान्तरन्यास; e. g. अमितगुणो$पि वदार्थो दोषेणैकेन निन्दितो भवति । निखिलरसायनराजो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव ॥ R. G. (For a clear distinction between the two figures see R. G., under उदाहरण).
udāhāraḥ उदाहारः 1 An example or illustration. -2 The beginning of a speech.
udāhṛtiḥ उदाहृतिः f. An example, illustration.
uddeśaḥ उद्देशः 1 Pointing to or at, directing; सूर्योद्देशेन तिला दातव्याः Pt.2 in the name of. -2 Mention, specification; सार्धप्रहरद्वयोद्देशे Pt.5; स्वरसंस्कारोद्देशः Nir. -3 Illustration, explanation, exemplification. -4 Ascertainment, determination, inquiry, investigation, search. -5 A brief statement or account; एष तूद्देशतः प्रोक्तो विभूतेर्विस्तरो मया Bg.1.4; Mb.8.69.54. -6 Assignment, allotment. -7 Stipulation, bargain. -8 Object, motive; कृतोद्देशः स बीभत्सुः Mb.3.158.3. -9 A spot, region, place; अहो प्रवातसुभगोयमुद्देशः Ś.3; M.3; वन˚ a part of the forest. -1 Upper region, high position. -11 (In phil.) The enunciation of a thing by its name (which is to be further discussed and explained), the other two processes being लक्षण and परीक्षा. -Comp. -पदम् The term (or terms) which form the subject; नात्रैषा वचनव्यक्तिः ये यजमाना इत्युद्देशपदम्, ऋत्विजः इति विधेयपदम् । ŚB. on MS.6.6.2.
uddeśaka उद्देशक a. Illustrative. -कः 1 An illustration, example. -2 An illustrator, a guide. -3 (In Math.) A question, problem; अत्रोद्देशकः (frequently occurring in Līlāvatī).
udbhid उद्भिद् a. [उद्-भिद्-क्विप्] 1 Sprouting, germinating, shooting forth. -2 Penetrating. -3 Destroying. -4 Causing to come forth. m. 1 A sprout or shoot (of a plant); अङ्कुरो$भिनवोद्भिदि Ak. -2 A plant; उद्भिदस्तरु- गुल्माद्याः Ak. -3 A spring, fountain. -Comp. -ज a. (उद्भिज्ज) sprouting, germinating (as a plant). (-ज्जः) a plant; उद्भिज्जाः स्थावराः सर्वे बीजकाण्डप्ररोहिणः Ms.1.46. -विद्या the science of Botany.
upagrahaḥ उपग्रहः 1 Confinement, seizure. -2 Defeat, frustration; अपि च विहिते मत्कृत्यानां निकाममुपग्रहे Mu.4.2. -3 A prisoner. -4 Joining, addition. -5 (a) Favour, encouragement, assistance, conciliation; सोपग्रहम् K.156. परविषये कृत्याकृत्यपक्षोपग्रहः । Kau. A.1. अमित्रोपग्रहं चास्य ते कुर्युः क्षिप्रमापदि Mb.12.96.14. (b) Favourableness, kindness, complacence; सोपग्रहं K.264. -6 Use. -7 A kind of peace purchased by giving over every thing; cf. क्रियते प्राणरक्षार्थं सर्वदानादुपग्रहः H.4.121. -8 The voice or pada of a verb; सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां Mbh. III.1.85;1.4; and 2.127. -9 A pile or heap of kuśa grass. -1 The presiding spirit or cause which directs a planet's motion. -11 A minor planet राहु, केतु &c.), a secondary heavenly body, such as a comet, meteor.
upapattiḥ उपपत्तिः f. 1 Happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearance, production, birth; अथोपपत्तिं छलनापरो$- पराम् Śi.1.69 (जन्म); इष्टानिष्टोपपत्तिषु Bg.13.9. -2 Cause, reason, ground; प्रियेषु यैः पार्थ विनोपपत्तेः Ki.3.52. -3 Reasoning, argument; उपपत्तिमदूर्जितं वचः Ki.2.1; देवि सोपपत्तिकमभिहितम् । Nāg.5 argumentative; giving a reason for the establishment of a matter; S. D.482. -4 Fitness, propriety. -5 Termination, end. -6 Association, connection. -7 Acceptance, adoption; Mv.5. -8 Ascertainment, demonstration, demonstrated conclusion; उपपत्तिरुदाहृता बलात् Ki.2.28. -9 (In Arith. or Geom.) Proof, demonstration. -1 A means, an expedient. -11 Assistance, support, help; ततः प्रजह्रे सममेव तत्र तैरपेक्षितान्योन्यबलोपपत्तिभिः Ki.14.44. -12 Doing, effecting, gaining; accomplishment; स्वार्थोपपत्तिं दुर्बलाशः R.5.12; तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā P.; H.3.111; see अनुपपत्ति. -13 Attainment, getting; असंशयं प्राक् तनयोपपत्तेः R.14.78; Ki.3.1. -14 Religious abstraction (समाधि). -15 Accident, chance; उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. -16 Suitability, expediency; उपपत्ति- मदूर्जिताश्रयं नृपमूचे वचनं वृकोदरः Ki.2.1; Bhag.4.28.68. -Comp. -समः (in logic) a kind of contradiction in which both the contradictory ascertions are supposed to be demonstrable (e. g. sound is eternal because it is produced; it is eternal because it is not tangible). Nyāyadarśana. -परित्यक्त a. Unproved, unreasonable, destitute of argument or proof; Raj. T.
upapādanam उपपादनम् 1 Effecting, accomplishing, doing. सामान्यतः किं विषयोपपादनैः. -2 Giving, delivering, presenting. -3 Proving, demonstration, establishing by arguments; अपि त्वां न लभेत् कर्ण राज्यलम्भोपपादनम् Mb.5. 142.2. -4 Examination, ascertainment, exposition (of a subject).
upamaśravas उपमश्रवस् a. 1 Of highest fame, -2 m. N. of a son of Kuruśravaṇa and grandson of Mitrātithi; कविं कवीनामुपमश्रवस्तमम् Rv.2.23.1.
upayogaḥ उपयोगः 1 Employment, use, application, service; ओषधान्नविहाराणामुपयोगः सुखावहः Madh. N. उपयोगं गम् or व्रज् to be used or employed, serve; व्रजन्ति ... अनङ्गलेखक्रिययोपयोगम् Ku.1.7. -2 Administration of medicines, or their preparation. -3 Fitness, suitableness, propriety. -4 Contact, proximity. -5 Any act contributing to the fulfilment of a desired object. -6 Good conduct, observing established customs. -7 Food; गते च दुर्वाससि सो$म्बरीषो द्विजोपयोगातिपवित्रमाहरत् Bhāg.9.5.24.
upodghātaḥ उपोद्घातः 1 A beginning, commencement. -2 An introduction, a preface. -3 An example, an apposite argument or illustration. -4 An occasion, medium, means; तत्प्रतिच्छन्दकमुपोद्घातेन माधवान्तिकमुपेयात् Māl.1. -5 Analysis, ascertaining the elements of anything. -6 Alluding to, mentioning; Mu.3. -Comp. -पादः N. of the third part of the Vāyu P.
ūrdhva ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला).
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
kalāpakam कलापकम् 1 A series of four stanzas on the same subject and forming one grammatical sentence (चतु- र्मिस्तु कलापकम्); for an illustration see Ki.3.41,42,43, 44. -2 A debt to be paid when the peacocks spread their tails. -कः 1 A band or bundle in general. -2 A string of pearls; a kind of ornament; कलापकावक्षमाला यथेयम् Ms.3.112.5. -3 The rope round an elephant's neck. -4 A zone or girdle (= कलाप); रशनाकलापकगुणेन वधूर्मकरध्वजद्विरदमाकलयत् Śi.9.45. -5 A sectarian mark on the forehead (विशेषक).
kuśaḥ कुशः a. 1 Wicked, vile, depraved. -2 Mad. -शः 1 A kind of grass considered holy and forming an essential requisite of several religious ceremonies; पवित्रार्थे इमे कुशाः Śrāddha Mantra; कुशपूतं प्रवयास्तु विष्टरम् R.8.18, 1.49,95. -2 N. of the elder son of Rāma. [He was one of the twin sons of Rāma, born after Sītā had been ruthlessly abandoned in the forest; yet he was the elder of the two in point of first seeing the light of this world. He, with Lava was brought up by the sage Vālmīki, and the two boys were taught to repeat the Rāmāyaṇa, the epic of the poet. Kuśa was made by Rāma king of Kuśāvatī, and he lived there for some time after his father's death. But the presiding deity of the old capital Ayodhyā presented herself to him in his dream and besought him not to slight her. Kuśa then returned to Ayodhya; see R.16.3-42.] -3 A rope of Kuśa grass for connecting the yoke of a plough with the pole. -4 One of the great Dvīpas; Bhāg.5.1.32. -शा 1 A plank for covering anything. -2 A piece of wood. -3 A horse's bridle. -शी A sort of ladle. -2 Wrought iron. -3 Ploughshare. -4 A pod of cotton. -5 A piece of Udumbara wood used for counting the number of Sāmans in a Stotra; औदुम्बरे स्त्रियाम् । छन्दोगस्तोत्रगणनाशङ्कासु ...... Nm. -शम् Water; as in कुशेशय q. v. ह्रदश्च कुशवानेष यत्र पद्मं कुशेशयम् Mb.3.13.18. -Comp. -अक्षः a monkey. -अग्रम् the sharp point of a blade of the Kuśa grass; hence often used in comp. in the sense of 'sharp', 'shrewd', 'penetrating' as intellect. ˚बुद्धि a. having a penetrating intellect, sharp, shrewd; (अपि) कुशाग्रबुद्धे कशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4. -अग्रीय a. penetrating, sharp; कुरु बुद्धिं कुशाग्रीयां ... ... Bk.5.15. -अङ्गुली, -रीयम् a ring of Kuśa grass worn at religious ceremonies. -अरणिः N. of Durvāsas. -आकरः the sacrificial fire. -आसनम् a seat or mat of Kuśa grass; अक्षमालापवृत्तिज्ञा कुशासनपरिग्रहा । शांभवीव तनुः कस्य न वन्द्या दौर्जनी सभा ॥ Udb. -उदकम् water in which Kuśa grass has been infused; Ms.11.212. -कण्डिका f. a type of संस्कार of the Vedic sacrificial fire. -चीरम् a garment of Kuśa grass; (प्रगृह्य) कैकेय्याः कुशचिरे ते जानकी शुभलक्षणा Rām.2.37.1. -ध्वजः the younger brother of Janaka; तौ कुशध्वजसुते सुमध्यमे R.11.54. -मुष्टिः f. a handful of Kuśa grass कुशमुष्टिमुपादाय लवं चैव तु स द्विजः Rām.7.66.6. -स्थलम् N. of a place in the North of India; perhaps Kanoj; Ve.1. (-ली) N. of the town Dvārakā. रथं समारोप्य ययुः कुशस्थलीम् Bhāg.1. 61.41. -2 N. of the town उज्जयिनी.
kṣipta क्षिप्त p. p. [क्षिप्-क्त] 1 Thrown, scattered, hurled, cast; क्षिप्ता जूर्णिर्न वक्षति Rv.1.129.8. -2 Abandoned. -3 Disregarded, neglected, disrespected. -4 Placed. -5 Distracted, mad (see क्षिप्). -प्ता Night. -प्तम् A wound caused by shooting; अथो क्षिप्तस्य भेषजीम् Av.6. 19.3. -Comp. -उत्तरम् unanswerable speech. -कुक्करः a mad dog. -चित्त a. distracted in mind, absent-minded. -देह a. prostrating the body, lying down. -योनि a. of despicable descent (not fit to act as ऋत्विज्).
kṣetram क्षेत्रम् [क्षि-ष्ट्रन्] A fiield, ground, soil; चीयते बालिश- स्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3. -2 Landed property, land. -3 Place, abode, region, repository; कपटशतमयं क्षेत्रमप्रत्ययानाम् Pt.1.191; Bh.1.77; Me.16. -4 A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; क्षेत्रं क्षत्रप्रधनपिशुनं कौरवं तद्भजेथाः Me.5; Bg.1.1. -5 An enclosed spot of ground, portion or space, superficies, circuit. -6 Fertile soil. -7 Place of origin; Bhāg.2.6.1. -8 A wife; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ms.3.175; वृद्धस्तु व्याधितो वा राजा ... क्षेत्रे बीजमुत्पादयेत् Kau. A.1.17. -9 The sphere of action, the body (regarded as the field of the working of the soul); योगिनो यं विचिन्वन्ति क्षेत्राभ्यन्तर- वर्तिनम् Ku.6.77; Bg.13.1,2,3. -1 The mind. -11 A house; a town. -12 A plane figure, as a triangle. -13 A diagram. -14 A sign of the zodiac. -15 (in chiromancy) A certain portion marked out on the palm; क्षेत्रं मृजां च विधिवत्कुशलो$वलोक्य सामुद्रविद्वदति यातमनागतं च Bṛi. S.68.1. -Comp. -अंशः a degree of the ecliptic. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground. -आजीवः, -करः, -कृत m. a cultivator, peasant. -इक्षुः N. of a corn (यवनाल- Mar. जोंधळा). -गणितम् geometry. -गत a. geometrical. ˚उपपत्तिः f. geometrical proof. -ज a. 1 produced in a field. -2 born from the body. (-जः) 1 one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by a kinsman duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms.9.167,18; Y.1.69,2.128. -जात a. begotten on the wife of another. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing places. -2 clever, dexterous; क्षेत्रज्ञवद्भाषसे त्वं हि धर्मान् Mb.1.89.14. (-ज्ञः) 1 the soul; cf. क्षेत्रज्ञं चापि मां विद्धि सर्वक्षेत्रेषु भारत Bg. 13.1,3; Ms.12.12. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 a libertine. -4 a husbandman. -5 a form of Śiva. -6 a witness. (-ज्ञा) a girl fifteen years old personating Durgā at a festival. -देवता the deity of the fields; N. of a serpant. -पतिः a land-owner, a landlord. -पदम् a place sacred to a deity; पादौ हरेः क्षेत्रपदानुसर्पणे Bhāg. 9.4.2. -पालः 1 a man employed to guard a field. -2 a deity protecting fields. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -फलम् the area or superficial contents of a figure (in math.) -भक्तिः f. the division of a field. -भूमिः f. cultivated land. -राशिः quantity represented by geometrical figures. -लिप्ता a minute of the ecliptic. -विद् a. = क्षेत्रज्ञ q. v. (-m.) 1 a husbandman. -2 a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुः Ku.3.5. -3 the soul; यः क्षेत्रवित्तपतया हृदि विष्वगाविः Bhāg.4.22.37. -व्यवहारः 1 drawing a figure in geometry. -2 geometrical demonstration. -स्थ a. residing at a sacred place.
khaṇḍana खण्डन a. [खण़्ड्-ल्युट्] 1 Breaking, cutting, dividing. -2 Destroying, annihilating; स्मरगरलखण्डनं मम शिरसि मण्डनम् Gīt.1; भवज्वरखण्डन 12. -नम् 1 Breaking or cutting. -2 Biting; injuring, hurting; अधरोष्ठखण्डनम् Pt.1; घटय भुजबन्धनं जनय रदखण्डनम् Gīt.1; Ch. P.12; दर्शनेन कृतखण्डनव्यथाः R.19.21. -3 Disappointing, frustrating (as in love). -4 Interrupting; रसखण्डनवर्जितम् R.9.36. -5 Cheating, deceiving. -6 Refuting (in argument); N.6.113. -7 Rebellion, opposition. -8 Dismissal. -Comp. -खण्डखाद्यम् N. of a work on logic by Harṣa. -रतम् Skilful in cutting or destroying. खण्डनीय khaṇḍanīya खण्डयितव्य khaṇḍayitavya खण्डनीय खण्डयितव्य pot. p. 1 To be broken, fragile, brittle. -2 Destructible. -3 Refutable &c.
khalu खलु ind. A particle implying :-- (a) 1 Certainly, surely, verily, indeed; मार्गे पदानि खलु ते विषमीभवन्ति Ś.4.15; अनुत्सेकः खलु विक्रमालङ्कारः V.1; न खल्वनिर्जित्य रघुं कृती भवान् R.3.51. (b) Now, now then, now further; Rv.1.34.14. -2 Entreaty, conciliation ('pray'); न खलु न खलु बाणः सन्निपात्योयमस्मिन् Ś.1.1; न खलु न खलु मुग्धे साहसं कार्यमेतत् Nāg.3. -3 Inquiry; न खलु तामभिक्रुद्धो गुरुः V.3. (= किं अभिक्रुद्धो गुरुः); न खलु विदितास्ते तत्र निवसन्तश्चाणक्य- हतकेन Mu.2; न खलूग्ररुषा पिनाकिना गमितः सा$पि सुहृद्गतां गतिम् Ku.4.24. -4 Prohibition (with gerunds); निर्धारिते$थ लेखेन खलूक्त्वा खलु वाचिकम् Śi.2.7. -5 Reason (for); न विदीर्ये कठिनाः खलु स्त्रियः Ku.4.5. (G. M. cites this as an illustration of विषाद or dejection); विधिना जन एष वञ्चितस्त्वदधीनं खलु देहिनां सुखम् 4.1. -6 खलु is sometimes used as an expletive. -7 Sometimes only to add grace to the sentence (वाक्यालङ्कार); Bṛi. Up.1.3.6.
gabhīra गभीर m. [गच्छति जलमत्र, गभ् ईरन् भान्तादेशश्च Uṇ.4.35] 1 Deep (in all senses); उत्तालास्त इमे गभीरपयसः पुण्याः सरित्संगमाः U.2.3; Bv.2.15. -2 Deepsounding (as a drum). -3 Thick, dense, impervious (as a forest); Ki.14.39. -4 Profound, sagacious. -5 Grave, serious, solemn, earnest. -6 Secret, mysterious. -7 Inscrutable, difficult to be perceived or understood; गभीरमर्थं कति- चित्प्रकाशताम् (नयन्ति) Ki.14.4. -Comp. -आत्मन् the Supreme Soul. -वेध a. very penetrating.
gṛham गृहम् [गृह्यते धर्माचरणाय, ग्रह् गेहार्थे क Tv.] 1 A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; न गृहं गृहमित्याहुर्गृहिणी गृह- मुच्यते Pt.4.81,5.15; पश्य वानरमूर्खेण सुगृही निर्गृहीकृतः Pt. 1.39. -2 A wife; (the first quotation in 1 is sometimes erroneously cited as an illustration). -3 The life of a householder; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7. 71,5.1; Mv.4.28. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 A name or appellation. -6 A square (in chess or any other game). -हाः (m. pl.) 1 A house, dwelling; इमे नो गृहाः Mu.1; स्फटिकोपलविग्रहा गृहाः शशभृद्भित्तनिरङ्कभित्तयः N.2.74; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77. -2 A wife; अथावलोकको$गच्छद्गृहानेकः परावसुः Mb.3.138.4. -3 The inhabitants of a house, family; the life of a householder; गृहानुत्सृज्य यो राजन् मोक्षमेवाभिपद्यते Mb.12.16.29. -हः Ved. An assistant, or servant; गृहो याम्यरंकृतो देवेभ्यो हव्यवाहनः Rv.1.119.13. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic', 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. ˚कपोतः 'a tame pigeon'; ˚कार्याणि-कर्माणि 'household duties'; ˚ शकु- न्तिका 'tame bird'; छद्मना परिददामि मृत्यवे सौनिको गृहशकुन्तिका- मिव U.1.45 &c. -Comp. -अक्षः a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or ablong window. -अधिपः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a house-holder. -2 a regent of a sign of the zodiac. संशयस्थः see अनुपात. -अयनिकः a house-holder. -अर्थः domestic affairs, any household matter; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरि- ष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -अभिपालिन् m. a watchman. -अम्लम् a kind of sour-gruel. -अवग्रहणी the threshold. -अश्मन् m. a flat ablong stone upon which condiments are ground (Mar. पाटा). -आगत a. one who has come to a house. (-तः) a guest. -आचारः household or domestic business; U.2. -आरम्भः building a house; गृहारम्भातिदुःखाय Bhāg.11.9.15. -आरामः, -वाटी, -वाटिका a garden attached to a house. -आशया, -आश्रया the betel-tree. -आश्रमः the order of a householder, the second stage in the religious life of a Bāhmaṇa; see आश्रम; Ms.6.1. -आश्रमिन् m. a householder; Bhāg.1.8.7. -ईश्वरी a housewife; दिष्ट्या गृहेश्वर्यसकृन्मयि त्वया कृतानुवृत्तिर्भवमोचनी खलैः Bhāg.1.6.54. -उत्पातः any domestic nuisance. -उपकरणम् a domestic utensil, anything required for household use; एकदा निर्गता क्रेतुं गृहोपकरणानि सा Ks.2.15. -कच्छपः = गृहाश्मन् q. v. -कन्या, -कुमारी the plant Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -कपोतः, -तकः a tame or domestic pigeon; Śi.4.52. -करणम् 1 household affairs. -2 house-building. -कर्तृ m. 1 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow. -2 a carpenter; गृहकर्ता भवानेव देवानां हृदयेप्सितम् Rām.7.5.19. -कर्मन् n. 1 household affairs. -2 a domestic rite. ˚करः, ˚कारः, ˚दासः a menial, domestic servant; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1.1. -कलहः domestic feuds, intestine broils. -कारकः a housebuilder, mason; करोति तृणमृत्काष्ठैर्गृहं वा गृहकारकः Y.3.146. -कारिन् m. 1 a housebuilder. -2 a kind of wasp. -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् household affairs; सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं गृहकार्येषु दक्षया Ms.5.15. -गोधा, -गोधिका the small house-lizard. -चुल्ली a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east; Bṛi. S.53.4. -चेतस् a. thinking only of one's house; Bhāg.9.11.17. -छिद्रम् 1 a family-secret or scandal. -2 family dissensions; आयुर्वित्तं गृहच्छिद्रं मन्त्रमैथुनभेषजम् H.1.123. -ज, -जात a. born in the house (a slave &c.); Bṛi.5.61.7; Ms. 8.415. -जनः family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu.1. -जालिका deceit, disguise. -ज्ञानिन् (also गृहेज्ञानिन्) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish. -तटी a terrace in front of the house. -दारु n. a house-post; नरपतिबले पार्श्वायाते स्थितं गृहदारुवत् Mk.4.3. -दाहः setting a house on fire, incendiarism. -दासः a domestic slave. -दासी a female domestic slave; एकदा गृहदासीषु यशोदा नन्दगेहिनी । कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि ॥ Bhāg.1.9.1. -दीप्तिः f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman; प्रजनार्थं महाभागाः पूजार्हा गृहदीप्तयः Ms.9.26. -देवता the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities; Ks.4.74. -देहली the threshold of a house; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनाम् Mk.1.9. -नमनम् wind. -नाशनः a wild pigeon. -नीडः a sparrow, -पतिः 1 a householder; बामं गृहपतिं नय Rv.6.53.2; a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled. -2 a sacrificer. -3 the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality. -4 Ved. an epithet of Agni. -5 the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire. -6 the head or judge of a village; Mk.2; Dk.8. -पत्नी Ved. 'the mistress of a house', the wife of the householder; गृहान् गच्छ गृहपत्नी यथासः Rv.1.85.26. -पालः 1 the guardian of a house. -2 a housedog; आस्ते$वमत्योपन्यस्तं गृहपाल इवाहरन् Bhāg.3.3.15. -पिण्डी f. the basement of a building; Kāmikāgama 55.2-21. -पोतकः the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it. -पोषणम् maintenance of a household; तेन चास्य नियुक्ताभूत्स्वभार्या गृहपोषणे Ks.2.55. -प्रवेशः a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites. -बभ्रुः a domestic ichneumon. -बलिः a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms.3.265. ˚प्रियः a crane. ˚भुज् m. 1 a crow. -2 a sparrow; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलि- भुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. ˚देवता a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered. -भङ्गः 1 one who is driven from his house, an exile. -2 destroying a house. -3 breaking into a house. -4 failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c. -भञ्जनम् 1 breaking down or destroying a house. -2 causing the decay or ruin of a family. -भद्रकम् an audience-hall. -भर्तृ m. the master of a house; Bṛi. S. 53.58. -भूमिः f. the site of a house. -भेदिन् a. 1 prying into domestic affairs. -2 causing domestic quarrels. -भोजिन् m. an inmate of the same house, tenant; तस्मा- दप्यग्रहारान्ये जगृहुर्गृहभोजिनः Rāj. T.5.43. -मणिः a lamp. -माचिका a bat. -मार्जनी a female servant of the house; सख्योपेत्याग्रहीत्पाणिं यो$हं तद्गृहमार्जनी Bhāg.1.83.11. -मृगः a dog. -मेघः a multitude of houses; Rām.5. -मेध a. 1 one who performs the domestic rites or sacrifices; गृह- मेधास आ गत मरुतो माप भूतन Rv.7.59.1. -2 connected with the duties of a householder. (-धः) 1 a householder. -2 a domestic sacrifice; Bhāg.2.6.19. -मेधिन् m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a household; (गृहैर्दारैर्मेधन्ते संगच्छन्ते Malli.); प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1. 7; see गृहपति above. (-नी) 1 the wife of a householder, a house-wife; न व्यचष्ट वरारोहां गृहिणीं गृहमेधिनीम् Bhāg.4. 26.13. -2 the intellect based on the Sattva quality. -यज्ञः see गृहमेधः; Mb.1.18.5. -यन्त्रम् a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -रन्ध्रम् family-dissensions. -वाटिका, -वाटी a garden attached to a house. -वित्तः the owner of a house. -व्रत a. devoted to home. मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथो$भिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् Bhāg.7.5.3. -शायिन् m. a pigeon. -शुकः 1 a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru.16. -2 a domestic poet; आयातेन शुकैः सार्धं दत्ता गृहशुकेन यः । मुक्ताः प्राप्य प्रतिष्ठायां चक्रे ख्यातां शुकावलीम् ॥ Rāj. T.5.31. -संवेशकः a house-builder by profession; Ms.3.163. -सार property; गृहीतसारमेनं सपुत्रकलत्रं संयम्य Mu.1. -स्थः a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a house-holder; संकटा ह्याहिताग्नीनां प्रत्यवायैर्गृहस्थता U.1.9; see गृहपति above and Ms.3.68;6.9. ˚आश्रमः the life of a householder; see गृहाश्रम. ˚धर्मः the duty of a householder. -स्थूणा the pillar of a house.
gauḍaḥ गौडः 1 N. of a country; the स्कन्दपुराण thus describes its position :-- वङ्गदेशं समारभ्य भुवनेशान्तगः शिवे । गौडदेशः समाख्यातः सर्वविद्याविशारदः ॥ -2 A particular subdivision of Brāhmaṇas. -3 see गोण्डः above. L. D. B. -डाः (pl.) The inhabitants of Gauḍa. -डी 1 Spirit distilled from molasses; गौडी पैष्ठी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा Ms. 11.95. -2 One of the Rāgiṇis. -3 (In rhet.) One of the Ritis or Vrittis or styles of poetic composition; S. D. mentions four Ritis, while K. P. only three, गौडी being another name for पुरुषा वृत्ति; ओजःप्रकाशकैस्तैः (वर्णैः) तु परुषा (i. e. गौडी) M. P.7; ओजःप्रकाशकैर्वर्णैर्बन्ध आडम्बरः पुनः समासबहुला गौडी S. D.627. Here is an illustration : उन्मीलन्मधुगन्धलुब्धमधुपव्याधूतचूताङ्कुरः क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकंलीकलकलैरु- द्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः । नीयन्ते पथिकैः कथं कथमपि ध्यानावधानक्षणप्राप्त- प्राणसमासमागमरसोल्लासैरमी वासराः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 6. -डम् Sweet- meats; भोजनानि सुपूर्णानि गौडानि च सहस्रशः Rām.1.53.4. -a. Relating to or prepared from molasses; विविधानि च गौडानि खाण्डवानि तथैव च Rām.7.92.12. -Comp. -पादः N. of a commentator. -मालवः N. of a Rāga.
caraṇaḥ चरणः णम् [चर्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 A foot; शिरसि चरण एष न्यस्यते वारयैनम् Ve.3.38; जात्या काममवध्यो$सि चरणं त्विदमुद्धृतम् 39. -2 A support, pillar, prop. -3 The root of a tree. -4 The single line of a stanza. -5 A quarter. -6 A school or branch of any of the Vedas; e. g. चरणगुरवः Mv.1; Māl.1; Pt.4.3. -7 A race. -8 (In prosody) A dactyl. -णः A foot-soldier. -2 A ray of light. -णम् 1 Moving, roaming, wandering. -2 Performance, practising; Ms.6.75. -3 Conduct of life, behaviour (moral). -4 Accomplishment. -5 Eating, consuming. -6 Course. -7 Acting, dealing, managing, conduct. -8 Fixed observance of any class, age (as priesthood &c.); -9 studying under strict rules of ब्रह्मचर्य; विशुद्धवीर्याश्चरणोपपन्नाः Mb.5.3.7. -Comp. -अचलः The setting mountain; यातो$स्तमेष चरमाचलचूड- चुम्बी Murāri. -अमृतम्, -उदकम् water in which the feet of a (revered) Brāhmaṇa or spiritual guide have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a lotuslike foot. -आयुधः a cock; आकर्ण्य संप्रति रुतं चरणायुधानाम् S. D. -आस्कन्दनम् trampling, treading under foot. -उपधानम् A foot-rest; कृष्णा च तेषां चरणोपधाने Mb. 1.193.1. -गत a. fallen at the feet, prostrate. -ग्रन्थिः m., -पर्वन् n. the ankle. -न्यासः a footstep. -पः a tree. -पतनम् falling down or prostration (at the feet of another); Amaru.17. -पतित a. prostrate at the feet; Me.15. -पातः 1 tread, trampling. -2 footfall. -3 prostration. -योधिन् m. (= -आयुधः) विहिता वृक्षमूले तु वृत्तिश्चरणयोधिनाम् Rām.4.58.31. -व्यूहः A book dealing with the śākhās of the vedas. -शुश्रूषा, -सेवा 1 prostration. -2 service, devotion.
citta चित्त p. p. [चित्-क्त] 1 Observed, perceived. -2 Considered, reflected or meditated upon. -3 Resolved -4 Intended, wished, desired. -5 Visible, perceptible. -त्तम् 1 Observing, attending. -2 (a) Thought, thinking, attention; (b) desire, intention, aim; मच्चित्तः सततं भव Bg.18.57; अनेकचित्तविभ्रान्त 16.16. -3 The mind; यदासौ दुर्वारः प्रसरति मदश्चित्तकरिणः Śānti.1.22; so चलचित्त and comps. below. -4 The heart (considered as the seat of intellect). -5 Reason, intellect, reasoning faculty. -6 Knowledge; चित्तं चित्तादुपागम्य मुनिरासीत संयतः । यच्चित्तं तन्मयो वश्यं गुह्यमेतत्सनातनम् ॥ Mb.14.51.27. -Comp. -अनुवर्तिन् a. acting according to one's will, humouring. -अपहारक, -अपहारिन्, -आकर्षिन्, -हारिन् a. 1 'heart-stealing', attractive, captivating. -2 pleasing, agreeable, beautiful. -अर्पित a. preserved in the heart; चित्तार्पितनैषधेश्वरा N.9.31. -आभोगः attention of the mind to its own feelings, exclusive attachment to one thing. -आसङ्गः attachment, love. -उद्रेकः pride, arrogance. -ऐक्यम् agreement, unanimity. -उन्नतिः, -समुन्नतिः f. 1 noble-mindedness. -2 pride, arrogance. -कलित a. anticipated, expected, calculated. -खेदः grief -चारिन् a. acting according to the will of another. -जः, -जन्मन् m., -भूः, -योनिः 1 love, passion. -2 Cupid, the god of love; चित्तयोनिरभवत्पुनर्नवः R.19.46; सो$यं प्रसिद्धविभवः खलु चित्तजन्मा Māl.1.2. -ज्ञ a. knowing the mind of another; ते बहुज्ञस्य चित्तज्ञे पत्न्यै, पत्नौ पत्युर्महीक्षितः R.1.56. -नाथः lord of the heart; चित्तनाथमभिशङ्कितवत्या Śi.1.28. -नाशः loss of conscience. -निर्वृत्तिः f. contentment, happiness. -प्रमाथिन् a. moving or touching the heart, exciting passion or love. -प्रशम a. composed, tranquil. (-मः) tranquility of heart. -प्रसन्नता joy, pleasure. -भेदः 1 difference of view. -2 inconsistency, inconstancy. -मोहः infatuation of the mind. -रक्षिन् a. (= -चारिन्); शुश्रूषुर्निरभीमाना पतीनां चित्तरक्षिणी Mb.3.233.2. -रागः affection, passion, desire. -विकारः change of thought or feeling -विक्षेपः distraction of the mind. -विप्लवः, -विभ्रंशः, -विभ्रमः aberration, disturbance or derangement of mind, madness, insanity; स्वप्नो$यं चित्तविभ्रंश उताहो सत्यमेव तु Mb.13.54.15. -विश्लेषः breach of friendship. -वृत्तिः f. 1 disposition or state of the mind, inclination, feeling; एवमात्माभिप्रायसंभावितेष्टजन- चित्तवृत्तिः प्रार्थयिता विडम्ब्यते Ś.2. -2 thinking, imagining. -3 inward purpose, emotion. -4 (in Yoga phil.) inward working of the mind, mental vision; योगश्चित्तवृत्ति- निरोधः Yoga S. -वेदना affliction, anxiety. -वैकल्यम् bewilderment of the mind, distraction. -सङ्ख्य a. pervading the heart, penetrating the soul. -हारिन् a. fascinating, attractive, agreeable.
jūtiḥ जूतिः f. 1 Going on, proceeding, moving; जूतिमिच्छथ चेत्तूर्णम् ...... Bk.7.69. -2 Quickness, speed. -3 Uninterrupted flow or motion. -4 Impulse, incitement, instigation. -5 Inclination, propensity, tendency. -6 N. of the author of Rv.1.136.1. -7 Concentration of mind ...... जूतिः स्मृतिः संकल्पः क्रतुरसुः कामो वश इति Ait. Up.5.2.
tad तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.
tantram तन्त्रम् 1 A loom; तदा$पश्यत् स्त्रियौ तन्त्रे अधिरोप्य सुवेमे पटं वयन्त्यौ Mb.1.3.144. -2 A thread. -3 The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom; सिरीस्तन्त्रं तन्वते अप्रजज्ञयः Rv.1.71.9. -4 Posterity. -5 An uninterrupted series. -6 The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; कर्मणां युगपद्भावस्तन्त्र Kāty.; अशक्यं हि उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् । ŚB. on MS.1.2.57. -7 Main point; प्रकर्षतन्त्रा हि रणे जयश्रीः Ki.3.17. -8 Principal doctrine, rule, theory, science; विधिनोपचरेद्देवं तन्त्रोक्तेन च केशवम् Bhāg. 11.3.47; जितमनसिजतन्त्रविचारम् Gīt.2. -9 Subservience, dependence; as in स्वतन्त्र, परतन्त्र; दैवतन्त्रं दुःखम् Dk.5. -1 A scientific work. -11 a chapter, section, as of a work; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -12 A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power; Ks.23.63; Bṛi. S.16.19. -13 The cause of more than one effect. -14 A spell. -15 A chief remedy of charm; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिम् Ms.2.1. -16 A drug, medicament. -17 An oath, ordeal. -18 Raiment. -19 The right way of doing anything. -2 Royal retinue, train, court. -21 A realm, country, authority. -22 (a) Government, ruling, administration; लोकतन्त्रविधानम् Mb.3.162.1;13.63.5; लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5. (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; सर्वमेव तन्त्रमाकुली- भूतम् Mu.1;2.1. -23 An army; पराजिताः फल्गुतन्त्रैः Bhāg.1.54.15. -24 A heap, multitude. -25 A house. -26 Decoration. -27 Wealth. -28 Happiness. -29 Model. -3 Supporting a family; Mv.2.17. -31 Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom; Mb.1.13. 26. -32 A group of acts or subsidiaries common to several प्रधानकर्मs or things; यत् सकृत्कृतं बहूनामुपकरोति तत् तन्त्रमित्युच्यते । तथा बहूनां ब्राह्मणानां मध्ये कृतः प्रदीपः ŚB. on MS.11.1.1; तन्त्रं साधारणो धर्मग्रामः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. (Opp. आवापः) -33 The order of the world; यतः प्रवर्तते तन्त्रं यत्र च प्रतितिष्ठति Mb.14.2.14. -34 A detail (matter or thing) which is subservient to (i. e. serves the purpose of) several things simultaneously; साधारणं भवेत् तन्त्रम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -Comp. -काण्ठम् = तन्तु- काष्ठ q. v. -ज्ञः an expert, scientist; Bhāg.1.36.28. -भावः Simultaneity; यथा एकैकस्य सत्त्वस्य हस्तिनो$श्वस्य वा दर्शनमेकैकेन कृत्स्नमभिनिर्वर्त्यते एवमेव सत्रे तन्त्रभावो भवेत् । ŚB. on. MS.6.2.2. -युक्तिः The plan of a treatise; Kau. A. 15. -वापः, -पम् 1 weaving. -2 a loom. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; (तन्त्रवापः also).
tigma तिग्म a. [तिज्-मक् जस्य गः Uṇ1.45] 1 Sharp, pointed (as a weapon); Av.4.27.7. -2 Violent. -3 Hot, scorching. -4 Pungent, acrid. -5 Fiery, passionate. -5 Austere; ततस्ते तिग्मतप संकृशं धर्मनिसंततम् Mb.3.158.13. -ग्मम् 1 Heat. -2 Pungency. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the sun; तिग्मांशुरस्तं गतः Gīt.5. -2 fire. -3 N. of Śiva. -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -भास्, -रश्मिः, -रुच् m. the sun; Śi.2.28,45. -2 The number '12' (esp. तिग्मकर-दीधिति). -तेजस् a. Ved. 1 sharp-pointed. -2 penetrating. -3 of a violent nature; Vāj.1.24. -4 of resplendent Iustre. -m. the sun; ततो निशायां याताया- मुदिते तिग्मतेजसि Ks.29.121. -नेमि a. having a sharpedged felly; पदातेर्भगवांस्तस्य पदास्तिग्मनेमिना । चक्रेण शिर उत्कृत्य ...Bhāg.1.57.21. -यातना acute or violent pain; cf. Bhāg.6.1.7.
daṇḍaḥ दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama.
dārṣṭānta दार्ष्टान्त a. (-ती f.), दार्ष्टान्तिक a. (-की f.) Explained or illustrated by a दृष्टान्त q. v., that which is the subject of an illustration (उपमेय); स्वापस्य दार्ष्टान्तिकत्वेन विवक्षि- तम् Śaṅkara. -a. One who explains by using a simile as a proof.
dīpaka दीपक a. (-पिका f.) [दीप्-ण्वुल्] 1 Kindling, inflaming. -2 Illuminating, making bright. -3 Illustrating, beautifying, making illustrious. -4 Exciting, making intense; सामवादाः सकोपस्य तस्य प्रत्युत दीपकाः Śi.2.55; Pt.3.28. -5 Tonic, stimulating digestion, digestive. -6 Skilful in managing a lamp. -कः 1 A light, lamp; तावदेव कृतिनामपि स्फुरत्येष निर्मलविवेकदीपकः Bh.1.7. -2 A falcon. -3 An epithet of Kāmadeva (also दीप्यक). -4 N. of several plants (Mar. ओंवा, जिरें, चित्रक, कांदा, मोरशेंडा) -5 N. of a Rāga. -5 A kind of measure. -कम् 1 Saffron. -2 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which two or more objects (some प्रकृत 'relevant' and some अप्रकृत 'irrelevant') having the same attribute are associated together, or in which several attributes (some relevant and some irrelevant) are predicated of the same object; सकृद्वृत्तिस्तु धर्मस्य प्रकृताप्रकृतात्मनाम् । सैव क्रियासु बह्वीषु कारकस्येति दीपकम् ॥ K. P. 1; cf. वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानाम् धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः । मदेन भाति कलभः प्रतापेन महीपतिः ॥ Chandr.5.45.
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
dṛḍha दृढ a. [दृंह्-क्त नि˚ नलोपः] 1 Fixed, firm, strong, unswerving, untiring; असंगशस्त्रेण दृढेन छित्त्वा Bg.15.3; दृढभक्तिः H.3.58; दृढव्रतम् R.13.78. -2 Solid, massive. -3 Confirmed, established. -4 Steady, persevering; भजन्ते मां दृढव्रताः Bg.7.28. -5 Firmly fastened, shut fast. -6 Compact. -7 Tight, close, dense. -8 Strong, intense, great, excessive, mighty, severe, powerful; तस्याः करि- ष्यामि दृढानुतापम् Ku.3.8; R.11.46. -9 Tough. -1 Difficult to be drawn or bent (as a bow); दृढस्य धनुष आयमनम् Ch. Up.1.3.5. -11 Durable. -12 Reliable. -13 Certain, sure. -14 Hard-hearted, cruel; U.4. -15 Secure. -16 (In Math.) Reduced to the smallest number by a common divisor. -ढम् 1 Iron. -2 A stronghold, fortress. -3 Excess, abundance, high degree -4 Anything fixed or firm or solid. -ढम् ind. 1 Firmly, fast. -2 Very much, excessively, vehemently. -3 Thoroughly. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. strong-limbed, stout. (-गम्) a diamond. -अनुतापः deep repentance; तस्याः करिष्यामि दृढानुतापम् Ku.3.8. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -इषुधि a. having a strong quiver. -काण्डः, -ग्रन्थिः, -पत्रः a bamboo. -कारिन् a. resolute. -कट्टुकः (in Math.) a multiplier admitting of no further simplification or reduction. -गात्रिका granulated sugar. -ग्राहिन् a. seizing firmly, pursuing an object with untiring energy, resolute; दृढग्राही करोमीति जाप्यं जपति जापकः Mb.12. 197.11. -दंशकः a shark. -द्वार a. having the gates well-secured. -धनः an epithet of Buddha. -धन्वन्, -धन्विन् m. a good archer; राजानं दृढधन्वानं दिलीपं सत्यवादि- नम् Mb. -धृति a. resolute. -नाभः a spell for restraining अस्त्रs; Rām.1.29.5. -निश्चय a. 1 of firm resolve, resolute, firm. -2 confirmed. -नीरः, -फलः the cocoanut tree. -पाद a. resolute. (-दः) an epithet of Brahmā. -पृष्ठकः a tortoise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. firm to a promise, true to one's word, faithful to an agreement. -प्रत्ययः firm confidence, settled conviction; संप्राप्तान्न पुरा न संप्रति न च प्राप्तौ दृढप्रत्ययान् Bh.3. -प्ररोहः the holy fig tree. -प्रहारिन् a. 1 striking hard. -2 hitting firmly, shooting surely. -भक्ति a. faithful, devoted. -भाजकः (In Math.) the greatest common measure. -भूमिः a person with a firm concentration of his mind in yogic studies; स तु दीर्घकालनैरन्तर्यसत्कारसेवितो दृढमतिः Yogadarśana. -भेदिन् A good archer; भ्राम्यञ्जले घटो वेध्यश्चक्रे मृत्पिण्डकं तथा । भ्रमन्तं वेधयेद्यो हि दृढभेदी स उच्यते ॥ Dhanur.15. -मति a. resolute, strong-willed, firm. -मन्यु a. having intense anger or grief; भार्गवाय दृढमन्यवे पुनः क्षत्रमुद्यतमिव न्यवेदयत् R.11.46. -मुष्टि a. close-fisted, miserly, niggardly. (-ष्टिः) 1 a sword. -2 strong fist; Ks.19.148. -मूलः, -वृक्षः the cocoa-nut tree. -रङ्गा alum. -लोमन् m. a wild hog. -वैरिन् m. a relentless foe; an inveterate enemy. -व्रत a. 1 firm in religious austerity. एवं दृढव्रतो नित्यं ब्रह्मचारी समाहितः Ms.11.81. -2 firm, faithful. -3 persevering, persistent. -संधि a. 1 firmly united, closely joined. -2 close, compact. -3 thick-set. -सौहृद a. firm in friendship.
darśana दर्शन a. [दृश्-ल्युट्] 1 Seeing, looking at (at the end of comp.); देव˚, धर्म˚, &c. -2 Showing, exhibiting. -3 Demonstrating, teaching; भागवतधर्मदर्शना नव महाभागवताः Bhāg.5.4.12. -नम् 1 Looking at, seeing, observing; अतीन्द्रियेष्वप्युपपन्नदर्शनो बभूव भावेषु दिलीपनन्दनः R.3.41. -2 Knowing, understanding, perceiving, foreseeing; प्रमदा- मनु संस्थितः शुचा नृपतिः सन्निति वाच्यदर्शनात् R.8.72. -3 Sight, vision; चिन्ताजडं दर्शनम् Ś.4.6. -4 The eye. -5 Inspection, examination; बलानां दर्शनं कृत्वा सेनान्या सह चिन्तयेत् Y.1.329. -6 Showing, displaying, exhibition. -7 Becoming visible; रावणिः पितरं युद्धे दर्शनस्थो$ब्रवीदिदम् Rām.7.29.32. -8 Visiting, paying a visit, a visit; देवदर्शनम् Y.1.84. -9 (Hence) Going into the presence of, audience; मारीचस्ते दर्शनं वितरति Ś.7; राजदर्शनं मे कारय &c. -1 Colour, aspect, appearance, semblance, अनेकाद्भुतदर्शनम् Bg.11.1; R.3.57. -11 Appearance, producing (in court); यो यस्य प्रतिभूस्तिष्ठेद्दर्शनायेह मानवः Ms.8.158,16. -12 A vision, dream, dream. -13 Discernment, understanding, intellect; सम्यग्दर्शन- संपन्नः कर्मभिर्न निबध्यते Ms.6.74. -14 Judgment, apprehension. -15 Religious knowledge. -16 A doctrine or theory prescribed in a system. -17 A system of philosophy; as in सर्वदर्शनसंग्रह. -18 A mirror. -19 Virtue, moral merit. -2 Opinion; अथानुजं भृशमनुशास्य दर्शनम् Rām.2.21.64. -21 Intention. -22 Demonstration. -23 A sacrifice. -24 Mention, assertion; दर्शनादर्शन- योश्च दर्शनं प्रमाणम् ŚB. on MS.1.7.36. -25 Experiencing; भवतो दर्शनं यत्स्यादपुनर्भवदर्शनम् Bhāg.8.25. -Comp. -ईप्सु a. anxious to see. -उज्ज्वला the great white jasmine. -गृहम् an audience chamber. -पथः the range of sight or vision, horizon; मम दर्शनपथमवतीर्णः Ś.3. 'crossed my sight'; क्रमेण तस्मिन्नवतीर्णदृक्पथे N. -प्रतिभूः, -प्रातिभाव्यम् a bail or surety for appearance; Y.2.54; Ms.8.16.
dṛṣṭa दृष्ट p. p. [दृश्-कर्मणि-क्त] 1 Seen, looked, perceived, observed, beheld; उभयोरपि दृष्टो$न्तः Bg.2.16. -2 Visible, observable. -3 Regarded, considered; दृष्टो विवृत्य बहुशो$प्यनया सतृष्णम् Ś.3.1. -4 Occurring, found. -5 Appearing, manifested. -6 Known, learned, understood. -7 Determined, decided, fixed; तदहं यष्टुमिच्छामि शास्त्रदृष्टेन कर्मणा Rām.1.8.9. -8 Valid. -9 Allotted. -1 Experienced, suffered, endured, felt. -11 Treated of; see दृश्. -ष्टम् 1 Perception, observation. -2 Danger from dacoits. -Comp. -अदृष्ट a. 1 seen for the first time. -2 scarcely or hardly seen. -3 relating to the present and future life; दृष्टादृष्टक्रियासिद्धिर्न् भवेत्तादृगन्यथा Rāj. T.1. 13. -अन्तः, -तम् 1 an example, illustration, parable; पूर्णश्चन्द्रोदयाकाङ्क्षी दृष्टान्तो$त्र महार्णवः Śi.2.31; साध्यसाधर्म्यात् तद्धर्मभावो दृष्टान्त उदाहरणम् Gautamasutra. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which an assertion or statement is illustrated by an example (distinguished from उपमा and प्रतिवस्तूपमा; see K. P.1 and R. G. ad. loc.). -3 a Śāstra or science; शोभार्थं विहितास्तत्र न तु दृष्टान्तः कृताः Mb.2.3.13. -4 death (cf. दिष्टान्त). -अर्थ a. 1 having the object or meaning obvious or quite apparent. -2 practical. -3 having a clear idea about anything. ˚आपत्तिः (see अर्थापत्तिः). -कष्ट, -दुःख &c. a. one who has experienced or suffered misery, inured to hardships. -कूटम् a riddle, an enigma. -दोष a. 1 found fault with, considered to be faulty; Ś.2. -2 vicious. -3 exposed, detected. -पृष्ठ a. running from a battlefield. -प्रत्यय a. 1 having confidence manifested. -2 convinced. -रजस् f. a girl arrived at puberty. -व्यतिकर a. 1 one who has experienced a misfortune. -2 one who foresees evil.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
dhṛ धृ I. 6 Ā. (Supposed by some to be a passive form of धृ); (ध्रियते, धृत) 1 To be or exist, live, continue to live, survive; आर्यपुत्र ध्रिये एषा ध्रिये U.3; ध्रियते यावदेको$पि रिपु- स्तावत्कुतः सुखम् Śi.2.35;15.89; नष्टा शरीरैः क्रतुभिर्धरन्ते Pt.1. -2 To be maintained or preserved, remain, continue; सुरतश्रमसंभृतो मुखे ध्रियते स्वेदलवोद्गमो$पि ते R.8.51; Ku.4.18. -3 To resolve upon. -II. 1. P., 1 U. (धरति, usually धारयति-ते, धृत, धारित) 1 To hold, bear, carry; भुजङ्गमपि कोपितं शिरसि पुष्पवद्धारयेत् Bh.2.4; वैणवीं धारयेद्यष्टिं सोदकं च कमण्डलुम् Ms.4.36; Bk.17.54; V.4.36. -2 To hold or bear up, maintain, support, sustain; अभिनवजलधरसुन्दर धृतमन्दर...... Gīt.1.2.7; यथा सर्वाणि भूतानि धरा धारयते समम् Ms.9.311; Pt.1.126; प्रातःकुन्दप्रसवशिथिलं जीवितं धारयेथाः Me.115; चिरमात्मना धृताम् R.3.35; U.3.29. -3 To hold in one's possession, possess, have, keep; या संस्कृता धार्यते Bh.2.19. -4 To assume, take (as a form, disguise &c.); केशव धृतसूकररूप Gīt.1.1.4; धारयति कोकनदरूपम् 1.4. -5 To wear, put on, use (clothes, ornaments &c.); श्रितकमलाकुचमण्डल धृत- कुण्डल ए Gīt.1.2.1. -6 To hold in check, curb, restrain, stop, detain; त्वया हि धर्मो विधृतः कृत्स्नं धारयते जगत् Mb.1. 63.5; दधार द्रोणमायान्तं वेलेव सरितां पतिम् Mb.7.16.21. -7 To fix upon, direct towards; (with dat. or loc.) ब्राह्मण्ये धृतमानसः, मनो दध्रे राजसूयाय &c. -8 To suffer, undergo. -9 To assign anything to any person, allot, assign. -1 To owe anything to a person (with dat.; rarely gen. of person, 1 only in this sense); वृक्षसेचने द्वे धारयसि मे Ś.1; तस्मै तस्य वा धनं धारयति &c. -11 To hold, contain. -12 To observe, practise. -13 To cite, quote. -14 To keep, retain (in one's service). -15 To preserve, maintain. -16 To seize, lay hold of. -17 To hold out or on, endure. -18 To fix, place, deposit. -19 To intend in mind; स यद्यदेवासृजत तत्तदत्तुमध्रियत Bṛi. Up.1.2.5. (The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. मनसा धृ to bear in mind, remember; शिरसा, मूर्ध्नि धृ to bear on the head, respect highly; अन्तरे धृ to pledge, deposit anything as surety; समये धृ to bring to terms or agreement; दण्डं धृ to punish, chastise, use force; जीवितम्, प्राणान्, गात्रम्, शरीरम्, देहम् &c. धृ to continue to live, maintain the soul &c.; preserve the vital spirits; व्रतं धृ to observe a vow; इत्थं व्रतं धारयतः प्रजार्थम् R.2.25; तुलया धृ to hold in a balance, weigh &c.; मनः, मतिम्, चित्तम्, बुद्धिम् धृ to bend the mind to a thing, fix the mind upon, think of, resolve upon; गर्भं धृ to become pregnant, conceive; धारणां धृ to practise concentration or selfcontrol &c.)
naya नय a. [नी भावे अच्] 1 Leading, conducting. -2 A guide. -3 Suitable, right, proper. -यः 1 Guiding, leading, managing. -2 (a) Behaviour, course of conduct, conduct, way of life as in दुर्नय. सितोन्नतेनैव नयेन हृत्वा कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् Bu. Ch.1.3. (b) Prudent or righteous conduct, virtue. नयानयौ दण्डनीत्याम् Kau. A.1.2. -3 Prudence, foresight, circumspection; तत् तासामुपशान्तये सुमतिभिः कार्यो विशेषान्नयः Pt.1.371;3.176. -4 Policy, political wisdom, statesmanship, civil administration, state-policy; नयप्रचारं व्यवहारदुष्टताम् Mk.1.7; नयगुणोप- चितामिव भूपतेः सदुपकारफलां श्रियमर्थिनः R.9.27; नयशालिभिः Mu.1.22. -5 Morality, justice, rectitude, equity; चलति नयान्न जिगीषतां हि चेतः Ki.1.29;2.3;6.38;16.42. -6 A plan, design, scheme; हितैः साधुसमाचारैः शास्त्रज्ञैर्मतिशालिभिः । कथंचिन्न विकल्पन्ते विद्वद्भिश्चिन्तिता नयाः ॥ Pt.1.339;377; Mu.6.11;7.9. -7 A maxim, principle. -8 Course, method, manner. -9 A system, doctrine, opinion. -1 A philosophical system; वैशेषिके नये Bhāṣā P.15. -11 N. of Viṣṇu. -12 A kind of game. -Comp. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in policy, prudent. -ग a. behaving properly or prudently. -चक्षुस् a. having political foresight, wise, prudent; अर्हणामर्हते चक्रुर्मुनयो नयचक्षुषे R.1.55. -नेतृ m. a master in politics. -पीठी the board or cloth on which men are moved in play. -प्रयोगः political wisdom, statesmanship. -वादिन् m. a politician; Pt.3. -विद् m., -विशारदः a politician, statesman; सन्धिविग्रहिको कार्यो राज्ञा नयविशारदः Matsya P. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of politics. -2 any work on politics or political economy. -3 a work on morality. -शालिन् a. just, righteous; नयशालिनि श्रिय इवाधिपतौ विरमन्ति न ज्वलितुमौषधयः Ki.5.24.
nāśaḥ नाशः [नश्-भावे घञ्] 1 Disappearance; गता नाशं तारा उपकृतमसाधाविव जने Mk.5.25. -2 Frustration, destruction, ruin, loss; नेहाभिक्रमनाशो$स्ति Bg.2.4; R.8.88;12. 67: so वित्त˚, बिद्धि˚ &c. -3 Death. -4 Misfortune, calamity. -5 Abandonment, desertion. -6 Flight, retreat. -7 (In arith.) Elimination. -8 Want of apprehension, non-perception (अनुपलम्भ).
niḥsaṃga निःसंग a. 1 Unobstructed, free; निःसंगं प्रधिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. -2 Unconnected, detached. -3 Selfless, disinterested; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृतासङ्गेन निःसंगया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति Mu.1.14. -गः Absense of attachment, entire concentration.
nidarśana निदर्शन a. 1 Pointing, showing. -2 Proclaiming, declaring announcing. -3 Teaching. -नम् 1 View, insight, looking into, sight, vision; शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत Mb.12.217.14. -2 Pointing to, showing. -3 Proof, evidence; बलिना सह योद्धव्यमिति नास्ति निदर्शनम् Pt.3.23. -4 An instance, example, illustration; ननु प्रभुरेव निदर्शनम् Ś.2; निदर्शनसाराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; R.8.45; जनकस्य नृपेन्द्रस्य तपसः सन्निदर्शनम् Pratimā 4.14. -5 Injunction. -6 Authority, text. -7 A scheme, system. -8 A precept, scriptural authority, an injunction. -9 The third member of an Indian syllogism (usually called उदाहरण q. v.). -ना A figure of speech (in Rhetoric) thus defined:-- निदर्शना । अभवन्वस्तुसंबन्ध उपमापरिकल्पकः K. P.1; e. g. R.1.2.
nir निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.
niruddha निरुद्ध p. p. 1 Obstructed, hindered, checked, restrained, curbed; निरुद्धो$प्यावेगः स्फुरदधरनासापुटतया परेषामु- न्नेयो भवति च भराध्मातहृदयः U.1.29. -2 Confined, imprisoned; जामातृयज्ञेन वयं निरुद्धाः U.1.11. -3 Covered, veiled. -4 Filled with, full of. -Comp. -कण्ठ a. having one's breath obstructed, choked, suffocated. -गुदः obstruction of the rectum. -प्रकशः stricture of the urethra. निरोधः nirōdhḥ निरोधनम् nirōdhanam निरोधः निरोधनम् 1 Confinement, locking up, imprisonment; Bhāg.1.58.58; निरोधनेन बन्धेन विविधेन वधेन च (निगृह्णीयात्) Ms.8.31; वैश्यः सर्वस्वदण्डः स्यात् संवत्सरनिरोधतः 375. -2 Enclosing, covering up; Amaru.87. -3 Restraint, check, suppression, control; योगश्चित्तवृत्तिनिरोधः Yoga. S.; अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधान्निवातनिष्कम्पमिव प्रदीपम् Ku.3.48. -4 Hindrance, obstruction, opposition. -5 Hurting, punishing, injuring. -6 Annihilation, complete destruction; जन्मनिरोधं प्रवदन्ति यस्य Śvet. Up.3.21. -7 Aversion, dislike. -8 Disappointment, frustration of hopes (in dramatic language). -9 (With the Buddhists) Suppression of pain. -1 Extinction (लय), निरोधो$स्यानुशयनमात्मनः सह शक्तिभिः Bhāg.2.1.6.
nirṇayaḥ निर्णयः 1 Removing, removal. -2 Complete ascertainment, decision, affirmation, determination, settlement; संदेहनिर्णयो जातः Ś.1.27; Ms.8.31,49;9.25; Y.2.1; हृदयं निर्णयमेव धावति Ki.2.29. -3 Deduction, inference, conclusion, demonstration (in logic). -4 Discussion, investigation, consideration -5 Sentence, verdict, judgment; बाहुवीर्याश्रिते मार्गे वर्तसे दीप्तनिर्णये Mb. 3.292.2; सर्वज्ञस्याप्येकाकिनो निर्णयाभ्युपगमो दोषाय M.1. -6 Application of a conclusive argument. -7 (In Rhet.) Narration of events. -Comp. -उपमा a. comparison based upon an inference; Kāv.2.27. -पादः a sentence, decree, verdict (in law).
nirvedha निर्वेध 1 Penetration. -2 Insight.
nīrājanam नीराजनम् ना 1 Lustration of arms, a kind of military and religious ceremony performed by kings or generals of armies in the month of Āśvina before they took the field; (it was, so to say, a general purification of the king's Purohita, the ministers, and all the various component parts of the army, together with the arms and implements of war, by means of sacred Mantras); तम्मै सम्यग् हुतो वह्निर्वाजिनीराजनाविधौ R. 4.25;17.12; चक्रे स चक्रनिभचङ्क्रमणच्छलेन नीराजनां जनयतां निजबान्धवानाम् N.1.144. -2 Waving lights before an idol as an act of adoration; नीराजनाभिः सुभगाः सुभ्रुवः समभावयन् Śiva B.6.62; तुरङ्गमस्येव रणे निवृत्ते नीराजनाकौतुकमङ्गलानि Pratijñā 1.12.
nairvedhika नैर्वेधिक a. Piercing, penetrating. ˚प्रज्ञा a. Sagacious.
nyāyaḥ न्यायः [नियन्ति अनेन; नि-इ घञ्] 1 Method, manner, way, rule, system, plan; अधार्मिकं त्रिभिर्न्यायैर्निगृह्णीयात् प्रयत्नतः Ms.8.31; अनुक्ते हि न्याये न प्रतीमो$र्थान्तरम् ŚB. on MS.6. 2.5; तस्मान्नावस्थितो न्यायः प्रत्युद्ध्रियेत ŚB. on MS.6.2.1. ननु लिङ्गमसाधकं, न्याय उच्यतां यस्यैतद् द्योतकमिति ŚB. on MS.6. 2.3. -2 Fitness, propriety, decorum; न्यायाधारा हि साधवः Ki.11.3. -3 Law, justice, virtue, equity, righteousness, honesty; यान्ति न्यायप्रवृत्तस्य तिर्यञ्चो$पि सहायताम् A. R.1.4. -4 A law-suit, legal proceeding. -5 Judicial sentence, judgment. -6 Policy, good government. -7 Likeness, analogy. -8 A popular maxim, an apposite illustration, illustration, as दण्डापूपन्याय, काकतालीयन्याय, घुणाक्षरन्याय &c.; see Appendix. -9 A Vedic accent; न्यायैस्त्रिभिरुदीर्णम् Ku.2.12. (Malli. takes न्याय to mean स्वर; but it is quite open, in our opinion, to take न्याय in the sense of 'a system' or 'way'; 'which are manifested in three systems, i. e. ऋक्, यजुस् and सामन्'); न्यायगर्भद्विजाः Bh.3. 55. -1 (In gram.) A universal rule. -11 A system of Hindu philosophy founded by the sage Gautama. -12 The science of logic, logical philosophy. -13 A complete argument or syllogism (consisting of five members; i. e. प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन). -14 An epithet of Viṣṇu. (न्यायेन ind. in the way of, after the manner or analogy of; बधिरान्मन्दकर्णः श्रेयानिति न्यायेन &c.). -Comp. -आगत a. rightly got, acquired (money). -आचार a. virtuous. -आधारः an example of virtue or propriety, -आभासः semblance of reason, sophism. -उपेत rightly admitted. -निर्वपण a. bestowing justly. -णः N. of Śiva; Mb.13.17.126 (com. न्याययुक्तं निर्वपणं दानं यस्य). -पथः the Mīmāṁsā philosophy; (pl.) the different philosophical systems; Bhāg. -वर्तिन् a. well behaved, acting justly. -वादिन् a. one who speaks what is right or just. -विद्या, -शिक्षा; see न्यायशास्त्र. -वृत्तम् good conduct, virtue. -शास्त्रम् 1 the philosophical system of the Nyāya school. -2 the science of logic. -संबद्ध a. rational, logical. -सारिणी proper or suitable behaviour. -सूत्रम् the aphorisms of Nyāya philosophy by Gautama. [Note: A few of the common Nyāyas or popular maxims that were given under this word by Prin. Apte are taken in the Appendix along with many others.]
parikramaḥ परिक्रमः 1 Roaming about, moving about; द्रुतपदमभि- यातुमिच्छितानां गगनपरिक्रमलाघवेन तासाम् Ki.1.2. -2 Roaming, walking or passing over. -3 Circumambulating. -4 Walking for pleasure. -5 Series, order. -6 Succession. -7 Penetrating. -8 Following the course of a river down from its source to its mouth and then on the other bank upto its source again; MW. -Comp. -सहः a goat.
parigrahaḥ परिग्रहः 1 Seizing, holding, taking, grasping; आसन- रज्जुपरिग्रहे R.9.46; शङ्कापरिग्रहः Mu.1 'taking or entertaining a doubt'. -2 Surrounding, enclosing, encircling, fencing round. -3 Putting on, wrapping round (as a dress); मौलिपरिग्रहः R.18.38. -4 Assuming, taking; मानपरिग्रहः Amaru.97; विवाहलक्ष्मी˚ U.4. -5 Receiving, taking, accepting, acceptauce; भौमो मुनेः स्थानपरिग्रहो$यम् R.13.36; अर्ध्यपरिग्रहान्ते 7;12.16; Ku. 6.53; विद्यापरिग्रहाय Māl.1; so आसनपरिग्रहं करोतु देवः U.3 'your majesty will be pleased to take a seat or sit down'. -6 Possessions, property, belongings; त्यक्तसर्वपरिग्रहः Bg. 4.21; R.15.55; V.4.26. -7 Taking in marriage, marriage; नवे दारपरिग्रहे U.1.19; Māl.5.27; असंशयं क्षत्रपरिग्रह- क्षमा Ś.1.22; न हि गणयति क्षुद्रो जन्तुः परिग्रहफल्गुताम् Bh.1.9. -8 A wife, queen; प्रयतपरिग्रहद्वितीयः R.1.95,92;9.14; 11.33;16.8; Ś.5.28,31; परिग्रहबहुत्वे$पि Ś.3.19; प्राप श्रियं मुनिवरस्य परिग्रहो$सौ Rām. Ch. -9 Taking under one's protection, favouring; धन्याः स्मो वः परिग्रहात् U.7. 11; M.1.13; कुर्वन्ति पाण्डवपरिग्रहमेव पौराः Pañch.1.2. -1 Attendants, followers, train, retinue, suite; परिग्रहेण सर्वेण कोषेण च महीयसा Śiva.B.8.4. -11 A household, family, members of a family. -12 The seraglio or household of a king, harem. -13 Anything received, a present; राजपरिग्रहो$यम् Ś.1. -14 Assent, consent. -15 Taking possession of, acquiring. -16 A claim. -17 Entertaining, honouring, receiving (a guest &c.). Mb.1.195.1. -18 An entertainer. -19 Assistance. -2 A husband. -21 Respect, reverence. -22 Grace, favour. -23 Comprehension, understanding. -24 Undertaking, performing. -25 Subjugation; धर्षितो मत्परिग्रहः Mb.12.32.55. -26 Dominion. -27 Punishment. -28 Connection, relation. -29 Summing up, totality. -3 A house, residence. -31 Removing, taking away. -32 A curse; निर्मुक्तनिष्ठुरपरिग्रहपाशबन्धः Rām. Ch. (cf. पत्नीपरिजनादानमूलशापाः परिग्रहाः Ak.). -33 (In Ved. gram.) The double mention of a word both before and after इति. -34 The form which precedes इति. -35 Root, origin. -36 The eclipse of the sun or moon. -37 An oath. -38 The rear of an army. -39 N. of Viṣṇu. -4 The body; आश्रयन्त्याः स्वभावेन मम पूर्वपरिग्रहम् Mb.12. 32.57. (com. स्वभावेन चित्तेन मम परिग्रहं शरीरं आश्रयन्त्याः). -41 Administration; राज्यपरिग्रहः Mb.12.32.51. -Comp. -अर्थीय a. generalizing; having the sense of comprehension; Nir.1.7. -द्वितीय a. accompanied by one's wife or family. -बहुत्वम् multitude of wives.
pādaḥ पादः [पद्यते गम्यते$नेन करणे कर्मणि वा घञ्] 1 The foot (whether of men or animals); तयोर्जगृहतुः पादान् R.1.57; पादयोर्निपत्य, पादपतित &c. (The word पाद at the end of comp. is changed to पाद् after सु and numerals; i. e. सुपाद्, द्विपाद्, त्रिपाद् &c.; and also when the first member is used as a standard of comparison, but is a word other than हस्ति &c.; see P.V.4.138-14; e. g. व्याघ्रपाद्. The nom. pl. of पाद is often added to names of persons or titles of address to show great respect or veneration; मृष्यन्तु लवस्य बालिशतां तातपादाः U.6; जीवत्सु तातपादेषु 1.19; देवपादानां नास्माभिः प्रयोजनम् Pt.1; so एवमाराध्यपादा आज्ञापयन्ति Prab.1; so कुमारिलपादाः &c. -2 A ray of light; बालस्यापि रवेः पादाः पतन्त्युपरि भूभृताम् Pt.1.328; Śi.9.34; R.16.53 (where the word has sense 1 also). -3 The foot or leg of an inanimate object, as of a bed-stead; चतुष्पदी हि निःश्रेणी ब्रह्मण्येव प्रतिष्ठिता Mb.12.2.4. -4 The foot or root of a tree; as in पादप. -5 The foot of a mountain, a hill at the foot of a mountain (पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः); रेवां द्रक्ष्यस्युपलविषमे विन्ध्यपादे विशीर्णाम् Me.19; Ś.6.17. -6 A quarter, fourth part; as in सपादो रूपकः 'one and one fourth rupee'; Ms.8.241; Y.2.174; कार्षापणे दीयमाने पादो$पि दत्तो भवति ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. -7 The fourth part of a stanza, a line. -8 The fourth part of a chapter or book, as of the Adhyāyas of Pāṇini, or of the Brahma-sūtras. -9 A part in general. -1 A column, pillar; सहस्रपादं प्रासादं......अधिरोहन्मया दृष्टः Mb.5.143.3. -11 A foot as a measure equal to twelve Aṅgulis. -12 The quadrant of a circle. -13 The foot-hole or bottom of a water-skin; इन्द्रियाणां तु सर्वेषां यद्येकं क्षरतीन्द्रियम् । तेनास्य क्षरति प्रज्ञा दृतेः पादादिवोदकम् ॥ Ms.2.99. -14 A wheel; गिरिकूबरपादाक्षं शुभवेणु त्रिवेणुमत् Mb.3.175.4; Ki.12 21. -15 A golden coin (weighing one tola); स ह गवां सहस्रमव- रुरोध दश दश पादा एकैकस्याः शृङ्गयोराबद्धा बभुवुः Bṛi. Up.3.1.1. -Comp. -अग्रम् the point or extremity of the foot; पादाग्रस्थितया मुहुः स्तनभरेणानीतया नम्रताम् Ratn.1.1. -अङ्कः a foot-mark. -अङ्गदम्, -दी an ornament for the foot, an anklet. -अङ्गुलिः, -ली f. a toe. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe. -अङ्गुष्ठिका a ring worn on the great toe. -अन्तः the point or extremity of the feet. -अन्तरम् the interval of a step, distance of a foot. (-रे) ind. 1 after the interval of a step. -2 close or near to. -अन्तिकम् ind. near to, towards any one. -अम्बु n. butter-milk containing a fourth part of water. -अम्भस् n. water in which the feet (of revered persons) have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अर्घ्यम् a gift to a Brāhmāṇa or a venerable person. -अर्धम् 1 half a quarter, an eighth; पादं पशुश्च योषिच्च पादार्धं रिक्तकः पुमान् Ms.8.44. -2 half a line of a stanza. -अलिन्दी a boat. -अवनामः bowing to a person's feet; इति कृतवचनायाः कश्चिदभ्येत्य बिभ्यद्गलितनयनवारेर्याति पादावनामम् Śi.11.35. -अवनेजः washing another's feet; विभ्व्यस्तवा- मृतकथोदवहास्त्रिलोक्याः पादावनेजसरितः शमलानि हन्तुम् Bhāg. 11.6.19. -अवसेचनम् 1 washing the feet. -2 the water used for washing the feet; दूरात् पादावसेचनम् Ms. 4.151. -अष्ठीलः the ankle; मर्मस्वभ्यवधीत् क्रुद्धः पादाष्ठालैः सुदारुणैः Mb.1.8.24. -आघातः a kick. -आनत a. prostrate, fallen at the feet of; कयासि कामिन् सुरतापराधात् पादानतः कोपनयावधूतः Ku.3.8. -आवर्तः 1 a wheel worked by the feet for raising up water from a well. -2 a square foot. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आस्फालनम् trampling or motion of the feet, floundering. -आहतः a. kicked. -आहति f. 1 treading or trampling. -2 a kick. -उदकम्, -जलम् 1 water for washing the feet. -2 water in which the feet of sacred and revered persons are washed, and which is thus considered holy; विष्णु- पादोदकं तीर्थं जठरे धारयाम्यहम्. -उदरः a serpent; यथा पादो- दरस्त्वचा विनिर्मुच्यते Praśna. Up.5.5. -उद्धूतम् stamping the feet. -कटकः, -कम्, -कीलिका an anklet. -कृच्छ्रम् a vow in which taking of meals and observing a fast are done on alternate days; Y. -क्षेपः 1 a footstep. -2 a kick with the foot. -गण्डीरः a morbid swelling of the legs and feet. -ग्रन्थिः the ankle. -ग्रहणम् seizing or clasping the feet (as a mark of respectful salutation); अकारयत् कारयितव्यदक्षा क्रमेण पादग्रहणं सतीनाम् Ku.7.27. -चतुरः, -चत्वरः 1 a slanderer. -2 a goat. -3 the fig-tree. -4 a sand-bank. -5 hail. -चापल्यम् shuffling of the feet. -चारः going on foot, walking; यदि च विहरेत् पादचारेण गौरी Me.62 'if Gaurī should walk on foot'; R.11.1 -2 the daily position of the planets. -चारिन् a. 1 walking or going on foot. -2 fighting on foot. (-m.) 1 a pedestrian. -2 a foot-soldier. -च्छेदनम् cutting off a foot; पादेन प्रहरन् कोपात् पादच्छेदन- मर्हति Ms.8.28. -जः a sūdra; पादजोच्छिष्टकांस्यं यत्...... विशुद्धेद् दशभिस्तु तत् Mb.12.35.31. -जलम् 1 butter-milk mixed with one fourth of water. -2 water for the feet. -जाहम् the tarsus. -तलम् the sole of the foot. -त्रः, -त्रा, -त्राणम् a boot or shoe. -दारी, -दारिका a chap in the feet, chilblain. -दाहः a burning sensation in the feet. -धावनिका sand used for rubbing the feet. -नालिका an anklet. -निकेतः a foot-stool. -न्यासः movement of the feet; पादन्यासो लयमनुगतः M.2.9. -पः 1 a tree; निरस्तपादपे देशे एरण्डो$पि द्रुमायते H.1.67; अनुभवति हि मूर्ध्ना पादपस्तीव्रमुष्णम् Ś.5.7. -2 a foot-stool. (-पा) a shoe. ˚खण्डः, -ण्डम् a grove of trees. ˚रुहा a climbing plant. -पद्धतिः f. a track. -परिचारकः a humble servant. -पालिका an anklet. -पाशः 1 a foot-rope for cattle. -2 an anklet of small bells &c. (-शिकः, -शी) 1 a fetter; हस्तिपक-पादपाशिक-सैमिक-वनचर-पारिकर्मिकसखः Kau. A. -2 a mat. -3 a creeper. -पीठः, -ठम् a foot-stool; चूडामणिभि- रुद्घृष्टपादपीठं महीक्षिताम् R.17.28; Ku.3.11. -पीठिका 1 a vulgar trade (as that of a barber). -2 white stone. -पूरणम् 1 filling out a line; P.VI.1.134. -2 an expletive; तु पादपूरणे भेदे समुच्चये$वधारणे Viśva. -प्रक्षालनम् washing the feet; पादप्रक्षालने वज्री Subhāṣ. -प्रणामः prostration (at the feet). -प्रतिष्ठानम् a foot-stool. -प्रधारणम् a shoe. -प्रसारणम् stretching out the feet. -प्रहारः a kick. -बद्ध a. consisting of verses (as a metre). -बन्धनम् 1 a chain, fetter. -2 a stock of cattle. -भटः a foot soldier. -भागः a quarter. -मुद्रा a footprint. ˚पङ्क्तिः a track, trail. -मूलम् 1 the tarsus. -2 the sole of the foot. -3 the heel. -4 the foot of a mountain. -5 a polite way of speaking of a person; देवपादमूलमागताहम् K.8. -यमकः paronomasia within the Pādas. -रक्षः 1 a shoe. -2 a foot-guard; (pl.) armed men protecting the feet of an elephant in battle; शिरांसि पादरक्षाणां बीजवत् प्रवपन् मुहुः Mb.3.271.1. -रक्षणम् 1 a cover for the feet. -2 a leather boot or shoe. -रजस् n. the dust of the feet. -रज्जुः f. a tether for the foot of an elephant. -रथी a shoe, boot. -रोहः, -रोहणः the (Indian) fig-tree. -लग्नः a. lying at a person's feet. -लेपः an unguent for the feet. -वन्दनम् saluting the feet. -वल्मीकः elephantiasis. -विरजस् f. a shoe, boot. (-m.) a god. -वेष्टनिकः, -कम् a stocking. -शाखा a toe. -शैलः a hill at the foot of a mountain. -शोथः swelling of the foot; अन्योन्योपद्रवकृतः शोथः पादसमुत्थितः । पुरुषं हन्ति नारीं तु मुखजो गुह्यजो ह्ययम् ॥ Mādhava. -शौचम् cleaning the feet by washing, washing the feet; पादशौचेन गोविन्दः (तृप्तः) Pt.1.172. -संहिता the junction of words in a quarter of a stanza. -सेवनम्, -सेवा 1 showing respect by touching the feet. -2 service. -स्तम्भः a supporting beam, pillar, post. -स्फोटः 'cracking of the feet', chilblain. -हत a. kicked. -हर्षः numbness of the feet after pressure upon the crural nerves; हृष्यतः चरणौ यस्य भवतश्च प्रसुप्तवत् । पादहर्षः सः विज्ञेयः कफवातप्रकोपजः ॥ Suśruta. -हीनजलम् Water with a portion boiled, -हीनात् ind. 1 without division or transition -2 all at once.
purodhānam पुरोधानम् 1 Placing in front. -2 Ministration by a priest. पुरोधिका purōdhikā पुरोहितिका purōhitikā पुरोधिका पुरोहितिका A favourite wife (preferred to all others).
praṇāmaḥ प्रणामः 1 Bending, bowing, stooping. -2 A reverential salutation, obeisance, prostration, bow (used with dat.); as in साष्टाङ्गप्रणाम; Ku.6.91; मूर्ध्ना प्रणामं वृषभध्वजाय चकार 3.62; अस्मै प्रणाममकरवम् K.142. -Comp. -अञ्जलिः a respectful salutation with the hands folded together; Ku.4.35; for अष्टाङ्ग˚ see अष्टाङ्ग.
praṇipat प्रणिपत् 1 P. To bow down to, fall prostrate before, bow respectfully to, salute (with acc. or dat.); प्रणिपत्य सुरास्तस्मै शमयित्रे सुरद्विषाम् R.1.15; वागीशं वाग्भिरर्थ्याभिः प्रणिपत्योपतस्थिरे Ku.2.3;3.6. प्रणिपतनम् praṇipatanam प्रणिपातः praṇipātḥ प्रणिपतनम् प्रणिपातः 1 Falling at one's feet, prostration, submission; प्रणिपातप्रतीकारः संरम्भो हि महात्मनाम् R.4.64; तद् विद्धि प्रणिपातेन परिप्रश्नेन सेवया Bg.4.34. -2 Obeisance, salutation, reverential bow; प्रणिपातपूर्वं स्वहस्तलूनः (पुष्पोच्चयः) Ku.3.61;4.35; R.3.25. -Comp. -पुरःसरम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. with an obeisance. -प्रतीकार a. averted or counteracted by prostration; R.4.64. -रसः a magical formula pronounced over weapons. -शिक्षा teaching (one) to salute.
pratipādaka प्रतिपादक a. (-दिका f.) 1 Giving, granting, bestowing, imparting. -2 Demonstrating, supporting, proving, establishing. -3 Treating of, explaining, illustrating. -4 Promoting, furthering, advancing. -5 Effective, accomplishing.
pradipādanam प्रदिपादनम् 1 Giving, granting bestowing. -2 Demonstrating, proving, establishing. -3 Treating of, explaining, expounding, illustrating. -4 Effecting, accomplishing, fulfilment. -5 Causing, producing. -6 Repeated action, practice. -7 Commencement; त्रेताविमोक्ष- समये द्वापरप्रतिपादने Mb.12.141.14. -8 Giving back, restoring. -9 Entrusting, appointing. -1 Action, worldly conduct.
pratibhedanam प्रतिभेदनम् 1 Piercing, penetrating. -2 Cutting, splitting, cleaving. -3 Putting out (as the eyes). -4 Dividing.
pratihatiḥ प्रतिहतिः f. Striking or knocking back, repelling. -2 Rebound, recoil; प्रतिहतिं ययुरर्जुनमुष्टयः Ki.18.5; Śi. 9.49. -3 Disappointment, frustration. -4 Anger.
pratyāyanam प्रत्यायनम् 1 Leading home (a bride), marrying. -2 Setting (of the sun). -नम्, -ना 1 Producing confidence. -2 Explaining. -3 Proving, demonstrating.
pratyudāharaṇam प्रत्युदाहरणम् A counter-illustration, an example to the contrary.
pradānam प्रदानम् 1 Giving, granting, bestowing, offering; वर˚, अग्नि˚, काष्ठ˚ &c.; प्रदानं प्रच्छन्नं गृहमुपगते संभ्रमविधिः Bh. 1.63. -2 Giving away in marriage; वैखानसं किमनया व्रतमा प्रदानाद् व्यापाररोधि मदनस्य निषेवितव्यम् Ś.1.26. -3 Imparting, instructing; विद्या˚. -4 A gift, donation, present. -5 A goad. -6 An oblation. -7 Refuting, frustrating (खण्डन); असदेव हि धर्मस्य प्रदानं धर्म आसुरः Mb. 13.45.8 (com.). -Comp. -कृपण a. illiberal; mean or niggardly in making presents. -शूरः a very munificent man, donor.
pradīpaka प्रदीपक a. 1 Illuminating. -2 Explaining, illustrating. -कः, -प्रदीपिका 1 A small lamp. -2 Explanation, commentary.
pramātṛ प्रमातृ a. 1 Having a right notion, competent to judge or ascertain. -2 An authority, proof. -3 Demonstrating. -4 A civil judge; EI XVII.321.
prarocana प्ररोचन a. Exciting or enticing. -नम् 1 Exciting, or stimulating. -2 Illustration, explanation. -3 Seduction. -4 Exhibition (of a person) for being seen and liked (by the people); अलोकसामान्यगुणस्तनूजः प्ररोचनार्थं प्रकटीकृतश्च Māl.1.1 (where Jagaddhara interprets प्ररोचनार्थम् by प्रवृत्तिपाटवार्थम् 'in order to be thoroughly acquainted with the world'). -6 Favourable description of that which is to follow in a play. -6 Representation of the end as all but accomplished; see S. D.388 (प्ररोचना also in the last two senses; प्ररोचना तु विज्ञेया संहारार्थप्रदर्शिनी S. D.396).
praveśaḥ प्रवेशः 1 Entrance, penetration; पुरप्रवेशाभिमुखो बभूव R.7.1; Ku.3.6. -2 Ingress, access, approach. -3 Entrance on the stage; तेन पात्रप्रवेशश्चेत् S. D.6. -4 The entrance or door (of a house &c.). -5 Income, revenue. -6 Close application (to a pursuit), intentness of purpose. -7 The entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac. -8 Coming on, setting in (of night). -9 The syringe of a clyster-pipe. -1 Employment, use. (Proverb-चञ्चुप्रवेशो मुसलप्रवेशः; cf. 'the thin end of the wedge'). -11 Manner, method.
praveśanam प्रवेशनम् 1 Entrance, penetration, going into. -2 Introducing, leading to, conducting. -3 An entrance to the main door of a house, gate. -4 Sexual intercourse.
prasthāpanam प्रस्थापनम् 1 Sending away, dismissing, despatching. -2 Appointment to an embassy. -3 Proving, demonstrating. -4 Using, employing. -5 Carrying off cattle. -ना Sending away, despatching.
preṣaṇam प्रेषणम् णा 1 Sending, despatching. -2 Sending on a mission, directing, commissioning. -3 Executing a commission. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः a superintendent of the commands, chief of the administration. -कृत् a. one who executes a commission; पुष्पाहारः प्रेषणकृत् कचस्तात न दृश्यते Mb.1.76.44.
phalam फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.
bibhitsu बिभित्सु a. Desirous of piercing or penetrating.
bījam बीजम् 1 Seed (fig. also), seedcorn, grain; अरण्य- बीजाञ्जलिदानलालिताः Ku.5.15; बीजाञ्जलिः पतति कीटमुखावलीढः Mk.1.9; R.19.57; Ms.9.33. -2 A germ, element. -3 Origin, source, cause; बीजप्रकृतिः Ś.1.1 (v. l.). -4 Semen virile; यदमोघमपामन्तरुप्तं बीजमज त्वया Ku.2.5,6. -5 The seed or germ of the plot of a play, story &c.; see S. D.318. -6 Marrow. -7 Algebra. -8 The mystical letter forming the essential part of the Mantra of a deity. -9 Truth, divine truth. -1 A receptacle, place of deposit. -11 Calculation of primary germs. -12 Analysis. -13 The position of the arms of a child at birth. -जः The citron tree. (बीजाकृ means 1 To sow with seed; व्योमनि बीजाकुरुते Bv.1.98. -2 To plough over after sowing). -Comp. -अक्षरम् the first syllable of a Mantra. -अङ्कुरः a seed-shoot, first shoot; अपेक्षते प्रत्ययमुत्तमं त्वां बीजाङ्कुरः प्रागुदयादिवाम्भः Ku.3.18; Pt.1.223. (-रौ) seed and sprout. ˚न्यायः the maxim of seed and sprout; see under न्याय. -अङ्घ्रिकः a camel. -अध्यक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -उपहारिणी a witch. -अम्लम् the fruit of Spondias Magnifera (Mar. कोकंबी). -अर्थ a. desirous of procreation. -अश्वः a stallion. -आढ्यः, -पूरः, -पूरकः the citron tree. (-रम्, -रकम् the fruit of citron. -उत्कृष्टम् good seed; अबीज- विक्रयी चैव बीजोत्कृष्टं तथैव च Ms.9.291. -उदकम् hail. -उप्तिः f. sowing seed. ˚चक्रम् a kind of astrological diagram for indicating good or bad luck following on the sowing of seed. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -कृत् a. producing semen. (-n.) an aphrodisiac. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 the seed-vessel. -2 the seed-vessel of the lotus. (-शी) a pod, legume. -क्रिया algebraic operation or solution. -गणितम् 1 analysis of primary causes. -2 the science of Algebra. -3 N. of the 2 nd part of सिद्धान्तशिरोमणि. -गर्भः Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -गुप्तिः f. a pod, legume. -दर्शकः a stage-manager. -द्रव्यम् primary or original matter. -धान्यम् coriander (Mar. धने). -निर्वापणम् sowing seed. -न्यासः making known the germ of the plot of a play. -पादपः Semecarpus Anacardium (Mar. बिब्बा). -पुरुषः the progenitor of a family. -पुष्पः, -पूरणः the citron tree; Rām.2.91.3. -पुष्पिका Andropogon Saccharatus (Mar. जोंधळा, ऊंस). -पेशिका the scrotum. -प्रदः a procreator, generator. -प्रभावः the power of the seed; यस्माद्बीजप्रभावेण तिर्यग्जा ऋषयो$भवन् Ms.1.72. -प्ररोहिन् a, growing from seed. -प्रसूः the earth. -फलकः the citron tree. -मतिः f. a mind capable of analysis, the power of penetrating into the very first principles. -मन्त्रः a mystical syllable with which a Mantra begins. -मातृका the pericarp of a lotus. -मात्रम् only as much as is required for seed (for the preservation of a family). -रत्नम् a kind of seed. -रुहः grain, corn. -वपनम् 1 a field. -2 the act of sowing seed. -वरः a kidney-bean (Mar. उडीद). -वापः 1 a sower of seed; an agriculturist (कृषीवल); कालं प्रतीक्षस्व सुखोदयस्य पङ्क्तिं फलानामिव बीजवापः Mb.3.34. 19. -2 sowing seed. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -सूः The earth. -सेक्तृ m. a procreator, progenitor; cf. Ms. 9.51 (com.) -स्नेहः the Palāśa tree (Mar. पळस). -हरा, -हारिणी a witch.
brāhmaṇa ब्राह्मण a. (-णी f.) [ब्रह्म वेदं शुद्धं चैतन्यं वा वेत्त्वधीते वा अण्] 1 Belonging to a Brāhmaṇa. -2 Befitting a Brāhmaṇa. -3 Given by a Brāhmaṇa. -4 Relating to religious worship. -5 One who knows Brahma. -णः 1 A man belonging to the first of the four original castes of the Hindus, a Brāhmaṇa (born from the mouth of the puruṣa); ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Rv.1.9. 12; Ms.1.31,96; (जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारैर्द्विज उच्यते । विद्यया याति विप्रत्वं त्रिभिः श्रोत्रिय उच्यते ॥ or जात्या कुलेन वृत्तेन स्वाध्यायेन श्रुतेन च । एभिर्युक्तो हि यस्तिष्ठेन्नित्यं स द्विज उच्यते ॥). -2 A priest, theologian. -3 An epithet of Agni. -4 N. of the twentyeighth Nakṣatra. -णम् 1 An assemblage or society of Brāhmaṇas. -2 That portion of the Veda which states rules for the employment of the hymns at the various sacrifices, their origin and detailed explanation, with sometimes lengthy illustrations in the shape of legends or stories. It is distinct from the Mantra portion of the Veda. -3 N. of that class of the Vedic works which contain the Brāhmaṇa portion (regarded as Śruti or part of the revelation like the hymns themselves). Each of the four Vedas has its own Brāhmaṇa or Brāhmaṇas :-ऐतरेय or आश्व- लायन and कौषीतकी or सांख्यायन belonging to the Ṛigveda; शतपथ to the Yajurveda, पञ्चविंश and षड्विंश and six more to the Sāmaveda, and गोपथ to the Atharvaveda. -4 The Soma vessel of the Brahman priest. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः offensive or disrespectful conduct towards Brāhmaṇas, insult to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मणातिक्रमत्यागो भवता- मेव भूतये Mv.2.1. -अगर्शनम् absence of Brahmanical instruction or guidance; वृषलत्वं गता लोके ब्राह्मणादर्शनेन च Ms.1.43. -अपाश्रयः seeking shelter with Brāhmaṇas. -अभ्युपपत्तिः f. protection or preservation of, or kindness shown to, a Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणाभ्युपपत्तौ च शपथे नास्ति पातकम् Ms.8.112. -आत्मक a. belonging to Brāhmaṇas. -घ्नः the slayer of a Brāhmaṇa; स्त्रीबाल- ब्राह्मणघ्नांश्च हन्याद् द्विट्सेविनस्तथा Ms.9.232. -चाण्डालः 1 a degraded or outcast Brāhmaṇa; यथा ब्राह्मणचाण्डालः पूर्व- दृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -2 the son of a Śūdra father by a Brāhmaṇa woman. -जातम्, -जातिः f. the Brāhmaṇa caste. -जीविका the occupation or means of livelihood prescribed for a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥ षण्णां तु कर्मणामस्य त्रीणि कर्माणि जीविका । याजनाध्यापने चैव विशुद्धाच्च प्रतिग्रहः ॥. -द्रव्यम्, -स्वम् a Brāhmaṇa's property. -निन्दकः a blasphemer or reviler of Brāhmaṇas. -प्रसंगः the applicability of the term Brāhmaṇa. -प्रातिवेश्यः a neighbouring Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणप्रातिवेश्यानामेतदेवानिमन्त्रणे Y.2.263. -प्रियः N. of Viṣṇu. -ब्रुवः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa, one who is a Brāhmaṇa only in name and neglects the duties of his caste; बहवो ब्राह्मणब्रुवा निवसन्ति Dk.; सममब्राह्मणे दानं द्विगुणं ब्राह्मणब्रुवे Ms.7.85;8.2. -भावः the rank or condition of a Brāhmaṇa. -भूयिष्ठ a. consisting for the most part of Brāhmaṇas. -यष्टिका, -यष्टी Clerodendrum Siphonantus (Mar. भारंग). -वधः the murder of a Brāhmaṇa, Brahmanicide. -वाचनम् the recitation of benedictions. -संतर्पणम् feeding or satisfying Brāhmaṇas.
bhaṅgaḥ भङ्गः [भञ्ज्-भावादौ घञ्] 1 Breaking, breaking down, shattering, tearing down, splitting, dividing; भङ्गः स जिष्णोर्धृतिमुन्ममाथ Ki.17.29. वार्यर्गलाभङ्ग इव प्रवृत्तः R.5.45. -2 A break, fracture, breach. -3 Plucking off, lopping; आम्रकलिकाभङ्ग Ś.6. -4 Separation, analysis. -5 A portion, bit, fragment, detached portion; पुष्पोच्चयः पल्लवभङ्गभिन्नः Ku.3.61; R.16.16. -6 Fall, downfall, decay, destruction, ruin; as in राज्य˚, सत्त्व˚ &c. -7 Breaking up, dispersion; यात्राभङ्ग Māl.1. -8 Defeat, overthrow, discomfiture, rout; भग्ने भग्नमवाप्नुयात् Pt.4.41; प्रसभं भङ्गमभङ्गुरोदयः (नयति) Śi.16.72. -9 Failure, disappointment, frustration; तत्पूर्वभङ्गे वितथप्रयत्नः R.2.42. (v. l.); आशाभङ्ग &c. -1 Rejection, refusal; अभ्यर्थनाभङ्गभयेन साधुर्माध्यस्थमिष्टे$- प्यवलम्बते$र्थे Ku.1.52. -11 A chasm, fissure. -12 Interruption, obstacle, disturbance; निद्रा˚, गति˚ Ki.17.29. -13 Non-performance, suspension, stoppage. -14 Taking to flight, flight. -15 (a) A bend, fold. (b) A wave; क्षौमे भङ्गवती तरङ्गतरले फेनाम्बुतुल्ये वहन् Nāg.5.2; ज्वालाभङ्गैः (= Wavelike flames) Nāg.5.21. -16 Contraction, bending, knitting; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामम् Ś1.7; so भ्रूभङ्ग U.5.36. -17 Going, motion. -18 Paralysis. -19 Fraud, deceit. -2 A canal, water-course. -21 A circumlocutory or round-about way of speaking or acting; see भङ्गि. -22 Hemp. -23 (With Buddhists) The constant decay taking place in the universe; constant change. -24 (With Jainas) A dialectical formula beginning with स्यात्. -Comp. -नयः removal of obstacles. -वासा turmeric. -सार्थ a. dishonest, fraudulent.
bhañjana भञ्जन a. (-नी f.) [भञ्ज्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Breaking, splitting. -2 Arresting, checking. -3 Frustrating. -4 Causing violent pain. -नम् 1 Breaking down, shattering, destroying. -2 Removing, dispelling, driving away; तदुदितभयभञ्जनाय यूनाम् Gīt.1. -3 Routing, vanquishing. -4 Frustrating. -5 Checking, interrupting, disturbing. -6 Afflicting, paining. -7 Smoothing (of hair). -नः Decay of the teeth. -ना Explanation.
bhāvana भावन a. (-नी f.) [भू-णिच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Effecting &c.; भूतभव्यभविष्याणां भावानां भुवि भावनाः Mb.14.37.15; यत् पृच्छसे भागवतान् धर्मांस्त्वं विश्वभावनान् Bhāg.11.2.11;8.1.16; see भावक above. -नः 1 An efficient cause. -2 A creator; जय देव भुवनभावन Māl.9.4. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 Of Viṣṇu. -नम्, -ना 1 Creating, manifesting; भावनं ब्रह्मणः स्थानम् Bhāg.3.26.46. -2 Promoting any one's interests. -3 Conception, imagination, fancy, thought, idea; मधुरिपुरहमिति भावनशीला Gīt.6; or भावनया त्वयि लीना 4; Pt.3.162. -4 Feeling of devotion, faith; नास्ति बुद्धिरयुक्तस्य न चायुक्तस्य भावना Bg.2.66; यादृशी भावना यस्य सिद्धिर्भवति तादृशी Pt.5.15. -5 Meditation, contemplation, abstract meditation. -6 A supposition, hypothesis. -7 Observing, investigating. -8 Settling, determining; विभागभावना ज्ञेया Y.2.149. -9 Remembering, recollection. -1 Direct knowledge, perception or cognition. -11 The cause of memory which arises from direct perception (in logic); see भावना and स्मृति in T. S; भावनाख्यस्तु संस्कारो जीववृत्तिरतीन्द्रियः Bhāṣā. P. -12 Proof, demonstration, argument. -13 Steeping, infusion, saturating a dry powder with fluid; द्रवेण यावन्मानेन चूर्णं सर्वं प्लुतं भवेत् । भावनायाः प्रमाणस्तु चूर्णे प्रोक्तं भिषग्वरैः Bhāva. P. -14 Scenting; decorating with flowers and perfumes. -15 (In arith.) Finding by combination or composition. -16 Nature, essence (at the end of comp.). -17 Reason, cause; परावरेशं प्रकृतिमस्योत्पत्त्यन्तभावनम् Bhāg.3.32.7. -18 Growth, prosperity (वर्धन); तस्यैषा निष्कृतिः कृत्स्ना भूतानां भावनं पुनः Mb.12.97.7. -ना 1 A crow. -2 Water. -नम् Apprehension; perception. -Comp. -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -मय a. imaginary. -युक्त a. 1 thoughtful -2 anxious.
madhya मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.
manas मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.
māgadha मागध a. (-धी f.) [मगधदेशे भवः अण्] Relating to or living in the country of Magadha or the people of Magadha. -धः 1 A king of the Magadhas. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, said to have been the offspring of a Vaiśya father and a Kṣatriya mother, (the duty of the members of this caste being that of professional bards); Ms.1.11,17; क्षत्रिया मागधं वैश्यात् Y.1.94; Mb.13.49.1. -3 A bard or panegyrist in general; सूतमागधबन्दिनः Bhāg.1.11.2; परिणतिमिति रात्रेर्मागधा माधवाय Śi.11.1. -धाः (pl.) N. of a people, the Magadhas. -धा 1 A princess of the Magadhas. -2 Long pepper. -धी 1 A princess of the Magadhas; तयोर्जगृहतुः पादान् राजा राज्ञी च मागधी R.1.57. -2 The language of the Magadhas, one of the four principal kinds of Prākṛita. -3 Long pepper. -4 White cumin. -5 Refined sugar. -6 A kind of jasmine. -7 A variety of cardamoms. -8 The daughter of a Kṣatriya mother and a Vaiśya father. -9 Anise. -1 N. of a river (शोणा). -11 A kind of रीति in rhetorics. The अलङ्कारशेखर (7) gives the following illustration:- पाणौ पद्मधिया मधूक- कुसुमभ्रान्त्या पुनर्गण्डयोर्नीलेन्दीवरशङ्कया नयनयोर्बन्धूकबुद्ध्याधरे । लीयन्ते कबरीषु बान्धवजनव्यामोहजातस्पृहा दुर्वारा मधुपाः कियन्ति तरुणि स्थानानि रक्षिष्यसि ॥
mānaḥ मानः [मन्-घञ्] 1 Respect, honour, regard, respectful consideration; दारिद्र्यस्य परा मूर्तिर्यन्मानद्रविणाल्पता Pt.2.159; Bg.6.7; so मानधन &c. -2 Pride (in a good sense), self-reliance, self-respect; जन्मिनो मानहीनस्य तृणस्य च समा गतिः Pt.1.16; R.19.81. -3 Haughtiness, pride, conceit, self-confidence, vanity; मानाद् रावणः परदारान् अप्र- यच्छन् (विननाश) Kau. A.1.6. -4 A wounded sense of honour. -5 Jealous anger, anger excited by jealousy (especially in women); anger in general; मुञ्च मयि मान- मनिदानम् Gīt.1; माधवे मा कुरु मानिनि मानमये 9; त्यजत मानमलं बत विग्रहैः R.9.47; Śi. 9.84; Bv.2.56; Dk.2.3. -6 Opinion, conception. -7 Ved. Object, purpose. -नम् [मा-ल्युट्] 1 Measuring. -2 A measure, standard; माना- धीना मेयसिद्धिः Mīmāṁsā; निराकृतत्वाच्छ्रुतियुक्तिमानतः A. Rām. 7.5.57. -3 Dimension, computation. -4 A standard of measure, measuring rod, rule; परिमाणं पात्रमानं संख्यै- कद्यादिसंज्ञिका Śukra.2.344. -5 Proof, authority, means of proof or demonstration; ये$मी माधुर्यौजः प्रसादा रसमात्र- धर्मतयोक्तास्तेषां रसधर्मत्वे किं मानम् R. G.; मानाभावात् (frequently occurring in controversial language) Pad. D.4. 3. -6 Likeness, resemblance. -Comp. -अन्ध a. blinded by pride. -अर्ह a. worthy of honour; Ms.2.137. -अवभङ्गः destruction of pride or anger. -आसक्त a. given to pride, haughty, proud. -उत्साहः energy arising from self-confidence; Pt.1.226. -उन्नतिः f. great respect or honour; (सत्संगतिः) मनोन्नतिं दिशति पापमपाकरोति Bh.2.23. -उन्मादः infatuation of pride. -कलहः, -कलिः a quarrel caused by jealous anger; Amaru. -क्षतिः f., -भङ्गः, -हानिः f. injury reputation or honour, humiliation, mortification, insult, indignity. -ग्रन्थिः 1 injury to honour or pride. -2 violent anger. -ग्रहणम् fit of sulkiness. -द a. 1 showing respect. -2 proud; इत्थं मानद नातिदूरमुभयोरप्यावयोरन्तरम् Bh.3.24. -3 destroying pride. -4 a giver of honour (a mode of addressing lovers &c.). (-दः) a mystical name for the letter आ. (-दा) N. of the second digit of the moon. -दण्डः a measuring-rod; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. -धन a. rich in honour; महौजसो मान- धना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. -धानिका a cucumber. -ध्मात a. puffed up with pride. -परिखण्डनम् mortification, humiliation. -भङ्गः see मानक्षति. -भाज् a. receiving honour from; राजस्नातकयोश्चैव स्नातको नृपमानभाक् Ms.2.139. -भृत्, पर a. possessing pride, extremely proud; प्रथमे मानभृतां न वृष्णयः Ki.2.44. -महत् a. rich or great in pride, greatly proud; किं जीर्णं तृणमत्ति मानमहतामग्रेसरः केसरी Bh.2. 29. -योगः the correct mode of measuring or weighing; मानयोगं च जानीयात्तुलायोगांश्च सर्वशः Ms.9.33. -रन्ध्रा a sort of clepsydra, a perforated water-vessel, which, placed in water and gradually filling, serves to measure time. -वर्जित a. 1 disgraced, dishonoured. -2 humble, lowly. -3 slanderous, libellous. -वर्धनम् indicating, increasing respect; यत्किंचिदेव देयं तु ज्यायसे मानवर्धनम् Ms.9.115. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely making use of false weights and measures; Kau. A.2.8.26. -सारः, -रम् a high degree of pride. -सूत्रम् 1 a measuring-cord; Dk.2.2. -2 a chain (of gold &c.) worn round the body.
māruta मारुत a. (-ती f.) [मरुतः इदम् अण्] 1 Relating to or arising from the Maruts; व्रतमेतद्धि मारुतम् Ms.9.36. -2 Relating to wind, aerial, windy. -तः 1 Wind; स कीचकैर्मारुतपूर्णरन्ध्रैः R.2.12,34;4.55; Ms.4.122. -2 The god of wind, the deity presiding over wind; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rām-rakṣā.33. -3 Breathing. -4 Vital air, one of the three essential humours of the body; प्रविश्य सर्वभूतानि यथा चरति मारुतः Ms.9.36. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 Ved. A son of the Maruts. -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -8 Of Rudra. -ती 1 The north-west quarter. -2 The daughter of the Maruts or gods; उतथ्यस्य च भार्यायां ममतायां महातपाः । मारुत्यां जनयामास भरद्वाजं बृहस्पतिः ॥ Bu. Ch.4.74; cf. Viṣṇu P.4 19.5. -तम् The lunar mansion called Svāti. -Comp. -अयनम् a (round) window; केलीमन्दिरमारुतायनमुखे विन्यस्तवक्त्राम्बुजा Bv.2.57. -अशनः a snake. -आत्मजः, -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 epithets of Hanumat. -2 of Bhīma. -व्रतम् 'penetrating everywhere', one of the duties of a king (who is able to penetrate everywhere by means of spies); cf. प्रविश्य सर्वभूतानि यथा चरति मारुतः । तथा चरैः प्रवेष्टव्यं व्रतमेतद्धि मारुतम् ॥ Ms.9.36.
yogaḥ योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.
yojanam योजनम् [युज्-भावादौ ल्युट्] 1 Joining, uniting, yoking. -2 Applying, fixing. -3 Preparation, arrangement. -4 Grammatical construction, construing the sense of a passage. -5 A measure of distance equal to four Krośas or eight or nine miles; स्याद् योजनं क्रोशचतुष्टयेन; प्रथममगमदह्ला योजने योजनेशः Līlā.; न योजनशतं दूरं बाह्यमानस्य तृष्णया H.1.146. -6 Exciting, instigation. -7 Concentration of the mind, abstraction (= योग q. v.). -8 Erecting, constructing (also योजना in this sense). -9 Ved. Effort, exertion. -1 A road, way. -11 The Supreme Spirit of the universe. -12 A finger. -ना 1 Junction, union, connection. -2 Grammatical construction. -3 Use, application. -Comp. -गन्धा 1 musk. -2 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -3 of Sītā.
rājan राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P. -2 A man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14. -3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -4 N. of Indra. -5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126. -6 Lord, master. -7 N. of Pṛithu. -8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3. -9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24. -Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king. -अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace. -अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree. -2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15. -अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official. -2 a judge. -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor. -अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis. -अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway. -अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince. -2 a title of respect formerly given to distinguished scholars and poets. -अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra. -2 food obtained from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218. -अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king. -अभिषेकः coronation of a king. -अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई). -अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a species of sandal. -2 a kind of rice (राजान्न). -अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour. -अहिः a large snake (having two mouths). -आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree. -आभरणम् a king's ornament. -आम्रः a superior kind of mango. -आवर्तः a diamond of an inferior quality. -2 a diamond from Virāṭa country. -आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy. -आसनम् a throne. -आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed. -इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -इष्टः a kind of onion. (-ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty. -उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64. -ऋषिः (राजऋषिः or राजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र. -कन्या, -कन्यका a princess. -करः a tax or tribute paid to the king. -करणम् a law-court. -कर्णः an elephant's tusk. -कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a coronation; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 the duty of a king. -2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125. -कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc). -कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs. -2 royal command. -कुमारः a prince. -कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid. -2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13. -3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against). -4 a royal palace. -5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking). -6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36. -कोशनिघण्टुः also -व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita. -क्षवकः a kind of mustard. -गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir). -2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -गुरुः a royal counsellor. -गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2. -गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace. -2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭaliputra). -ग्रीवः a kind of fish. -घ a. sharp, hot. (-घः) a king-killer, regicide. -चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia. -2 the stamp on a coin. -चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ). -जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v. -तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa. -तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree, -तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R. -दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre. -2 royal authority. -3 punishment inflicted by a king. -4 fine payable to a king. -दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67). -दूतः a king's ambassador, an envoy. -दृशद् f. the larger or lower millstone. -देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59. -दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v. -2 a royal messenger; Hch.4. -द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion. -द्रोहिन् m. a traitor. -द्वार् f., -द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ. -द्वारिकः a royal porter. -धर्मः 1 a king's duty. -2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.). -धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7. -धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा). -धामन् n. a royal palace. -धुर् f., -धुरा the burden or responsibility of government. -नयः, -नीतिः f. administration of a state, administration of government, politics, statesmanship. -नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure. -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Medica. -नीलम् an emerald. -पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality. -2 a royal fillet. -पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird. -पदम् royalty, sovereignty. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. = राजमार्ग q. v. -पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16. -पिण्डा a species of date. -पुंस् m. a royal servant. -पुत्रः 1 a prince. -2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe. -3 the planet Mercury. -4 N. of a mixed caste. -5 a Rajpoot. -5 A kind of mango. -पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird. -2 Princess. -पुत्री 1 a princess. -2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe. -3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c. -4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका). -5 a musk rat. -6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी. -पुरम् a royal city. -पुरुषः 1 a king's servant. -2 a minister. -पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree. -पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17. -पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24. -प्रकृतिः a king's minister. -प्रसादः royal favour. -प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (-ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य). -फणिञ्झकः an orange tree. -वदरम् salt. -बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent. -भट्टिका a species of water-fowl. -भृतः a king's soldier. -भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister. -2 any public or government officer. -भोगः a king's meal, royal repast. -भोग्यम् nutmeg. -भौतः a king's fool or jester. -मणिः a royal gem. -मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor. -महिषी the chief queen. -मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street. -2 the way, method or procedure of kings. -मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure. -माषः a kind of bean. -मुद्रा the royal seal. -यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explanation of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29). -यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin. -युध्वन् m. 1 a king's soldier. -2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95. -योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king. -2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as distinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v. -रङ्गम् silver. -राक्षसः a bad king. -राज् m. 1 a supreme king. -2 the moon. -राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor. -2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -3 the moon. -राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53. -रीतिः f. bell-metal. -लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia. -लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or prosperity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7. -लिङ्गम् a kingly mark. -लेखः a royal edict. -लोकः a. collection of princes or kings. -वंशः a dynasty of kings. -वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree. -वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity. -वर्तः cloth of various colours. -वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite. -2 a kind of mango. -3 a kind of Jujube. -वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court. -2 a royal palace. -वाहः a horse. -वाह्यः a royal elephant. -विः the bluy jay. -विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga. -विद्या 'royal policy', kingcraft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so -राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12. -विहारः a royal convent. -वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9. -वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7. -वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9. -शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B. -शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55. -शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle. -शेखरः N. of a poet. -संसद् f., -सभा f. a court of justice. -सदनम् a palace. -सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake. -सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133). -सायुज्यम् sovereignty. -सारसः a peacock. -सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1. -2 a lotus. -3 a mountain. - सौधः a king's palace. -स्कन्धः a horse. -स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty. -स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor. -स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149. -2 tribute, revenue. -स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple. -स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V. -हत्या regicide. -हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant. -हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B.
rājyam राज्यम् [राज्ञो भावः कर्म वा, राजन्-यत् नलोपः] 1 Royalty, sovereignty; royal authority; राज्येन किं तद् विपरीतवृत्तेः R. 2.53;4.1. -2 A kingdom, country, an empire; R. 1.58. -3 Rule, reign, government, administration of a kingdom. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a constituent member of the state, a requisite of regal administration; (these are usually said to be seven:- स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोषराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak.). -2 a stronghold. -3 an army. -अधिकारः 1 authority over a kingdom. -2 a right to sovereignty. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of a kingdom. -अप- हरणम् usurpation. -अभिषेकः inauguration or coronation of a king. -आश्रममुनिः a pious king, the sage living in the hermitage in the form of the kingdom; पप्रच्छ कुशलं राज्ये राज्याश्रममुनिं मुनिः R.1.58. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of government. -करः the tribute paid by a tributary prince. -कर्तृ m. 1 an administrator or officer of government. -2 a king. -खण्डम् a country. -च्युत a. deposed or dethroned. -तन्त्रम् the science of government, system of administration, the government or administration of a kingdom; Mu.1. -द्रव्यम् a requisite of sovereignty. -धुरा, -भारः the yoke or burden of government, the responsibility or administration of government. -परि- क्रिया administration. -भाज् a king. -भङ्गः subversion of sovereignty. -भोगः the possession of sovereignty. -भ्रंशः deposition from kingdom, loss of sovereignty. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः the glory of sovereignty. -लोभः greed of dominion, desire of territorial aggrandizement. -विभूतिः power of royalty. -व्यवहारः administration, government business. -सुखम् the sweets of royalty. -स्थितिः government.
rāṣṭram राष्ट्रम् [राज्-ष्ट्रन् Uṇ.4.167] 1 A kingdom, realm, empire; राष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak; सामदण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभि- वृद्धये Ms.7.19;1.61. -2 A district, territory, country, region; as in महाराष्ट्र; नगराणि च राष्ट्राणि धनधान्य- युतानि च Rām.1.1.93; स्वराष्ट्रे न्यायवृत्तः स्यात् Ms.7.32. -3 The people, nation, subjects; तस्य प्रक्षुभ्यते राष्ट्रम् Ms. 9.254. -ष्ट्रः, -ष्ट्रम् Any national or public calamity. -Comp. -अभिवृद्धिः increase of a kingdom. -कर्षणम् distressing a kingdom; तथा राज्ञामपि प्राणाः क्षीयन्ते राष्ट्रकर्षणात् Ms.7.112. -तन्त्रम् administration. -पतिः, -पालः a sovereign. -भेदः division of a kingdom.
layaḥ लयः [ली-अच्] 1 Sticking, union, adherence. -2 Lurking, hiding. -3 Fusion, melting, solution. -4 Disappearance, dissolution, extinction, destruction; universal destruction (प्रलय); लयं या 'to be dissolved or destroyed'. -5 Absorption of the mind, deep concentration, exclusive devotion (to any one object); पश्यन्ती शिवरूपिणं लयवशादात्मानमभ्यागता Māl.5.2,7; ध्यानलयेन Gīt.4. -6 Time in music (of three kinds- द्रुत, मध्य, and विलम्बित); किसलयैः सलयैरिव पाणिभिः R.9.35; पादन्यासो लय- मनुगतः M.2.9; मध्यलम्बितपरिच्छिन्नस्त्रिधायं लयः Nāg.1.14. -7 A pause in music. -8 Rest, repose. -9 A place of rest, abode, habitation; अलया Śi.4.57 'having no fixed abode, wandering'. -1 Slackness of mind, mental inactivity; (also used in adjectival sense; यदा जये- द्रजः सत्त्वं तमो मूढं लयं जडम् Bhāg.11.25.15.). -11 An embrace. -12 The Supreme Being. -13 The union of song, dance, and instrumental music; गायतं मधुरं गेयं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.7.93.15. -14 A swoon. -15 The quick (downward) movement of an arrow. -Comp. -अर्कः the sun at the destruction of the universe. -आरम्भः, -आलम्भः an actor, a dancer. -कालः the time of destruction (of the world.). -गत a. dissolved, melted away. -नालिकः a Buddhist or Jain temple. -पुत्री an actress, a female dancer. -मध्य a. to be performed in moderate time (a piece of music). -शुद्ध a. to be performed in right time. -स्थानम् a place of dissolution.
vadhaḥ वधः 1 Killing, murder, slaughter, destruction; आत्मनो वधमाहर्ता क्वासौ विहगतस्करः V.5.1; मनुष्यवधः homicide; पशुवधः &c. -2 A blow, stroke; पुनरज्ञातचर्यायां कीचकेन पदा वधम् Mb.12.16.21; Ms.8.267. -3 Paralysis. -4 Disappearance. -5 Multiplication (in math.). -6 A killer, slayer. -7 A vanquisher, victor. -8 Ved. A deadly weapon, such as Indra's thunderbolt. -9 (In law) A capital or corporal punishment. -1 Frustration. -11 Defect, imperfection. -12 (In alg.) A product. -Comp. -अङ्गकम् a prison. -अर्थीय a. = वध्य q. v.; वधक q. v.; वधार्थीयं क्षत्रिया राजपुत्री (गर्भं धत्ते) Mb.11. 26.5. -अर्ह (ण) a. deserving capital punishment; ब्रह्मबन्धुर्न हन्तव्य आततायी वधार्हणः Bhāg.1.7.53. -उदर्क a. resulting in death, proving fatal. -उद्यत a. 1 murderous. -2 an assassin. -उपायः a means of killing; हन्या- च्चित्रैर्वधोपायैः Ms.9.248. -कर्माधिकारिन् m. a hangman, an executioner. -जीविन् m. 1 a hunter. -2 a butcher. -दण्डः 1 corporeal punishment (as whipping &c.). -2 capital punishment; वधदण्डमतः परम् Ms.8.129. -निग्रहः capital punishment. -निर्णेकः atonement for murder; दानेन वर्धानर्णेकम् Ms.11.139. -भूमिः f., -स्थली f., -स्थानम् 1 a place of execution. -2 a slaughter-house. -स्तम्भः the gallows; Mk.1.
vāsanā वासना 1 Knowledge derived from memory; cf. भावना. -2 Particularly, the impression unconsciously left on the mind by past good or bad actions, which therefore produces pleasure or pain. -3 Fancy, imagination, idea. -4 False idea, ignorance. -5 A wish, desire, expectation, inclination; संसारवासनाबद्धशृङ्खला Gīt.3. -6 Regard, liking, respectful regard; तेषां (पक्षिणां) मध्ये मम तु महती वासना चातकेषु Bv.4.17. -7 Perfuming, scenting. -8 (In math) Proof, demonstration.
vikuṇṭha विकुण्ठ a. 1 Sharp, penetrating. -2 Very blunt.
vidyotana विद्योतन a. (-नी f.) 1 Illuminating, irradiating. -2 Illustrating, elucidating. -नम् Lightning.
vidhaḥ विधः [विध्-क अच् वा] 1 Kind, sort; as in बहुविध, नाना- विध. -2 Mode, manner, form. -3 Fold (at the end of comp. especially after numerals); त्रिविध, अष्टविध &c. -4 The food of elephants. -5 Prosperity. -6 Penetration.
vidhā विधा 1 Mode, manner, form; मनः प्रत्यक् चित्ते सविधमव- धायात्तमरुतः Śiva-mahimna 25. -2 Kind, sort. -3 Prosperity, affluence. -4 The food of elephants, horses &c. -5 Penetration. -6 Hire, wages. -7 Act, action. -8 Pronunciation.
vidhiḥ विधिः [विधा-कि] 1 Doing, performance, practice, an act or action; ब्रह्मध्यानाभ्यसनविधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41; योगविधि R.8.22; अस्याः सर्गविधौ V.1.8; लेखाविधि Māl. 1.35. -2 Method, manner, way, means, mode; निः- साराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -3 A rule, commandment, any precept which enjoins something for the first time (as distinguished from नियम and परिसंख्या q. q. v. v.); विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ; चिकीर्षाकृतिसाध्यत्व- हेतुधीविषयो विधिः; वहति विधिहुतं या हविः Ś.1.1. -4 A sacred precept or rule, ordinance, injunction, law, a sacred command, religious commandment (opp. अर्थवाद which means 'an explanatory statement coupled with legends and illustrations'; see अर्थवाद); प्रवृत्तिपरं वाक्यं विधिः, as ज्योतिष्टोमेन स्वर्गकामो यजेत; श्रद्धा वित्तं विधिश्चेति त्रितयं तत् समागतम् Ś.7.29; R.2.16. -5 Any religious act or ceremony, a rite, ceremony; स चेत् स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्तरायो भवसि च्युतो विधिः R.3.45;1.34. -6 Behaviour, conduct. -7 Condition; V.4. -8 Creation, formation; सामग्ऱ्यविधौ Ku.3.28; कल्याणी विधिषु विचित्रता विधातुः Ki.7.7. -9 The creator. -1 Fate, destiny, luck; विधौ वामारम्भे मम समुचितैषा परिणतिः Māl.4.4. -11 The food of elephants. -12 Time. -13 A physician. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -15 Use, application. -16 A means, expedient for; अक्षरं गन्तुमनसो विधिं वक्ष्यामि शीघ्रगम् Mb.12. 236.13. -17 Any act, action. -Comp. -अन्तः The end or the concluding portion of an injunctive text, all the other portion of the प्रयोगविधि (pertaining to an act) except the प्रधान or मुख्य विधि which is called विध्यादि; विध्यन्तो वा प्रकृतिवत्˚ MS.7.4.1; सोमेन यजेत इति विध्यादिः । सौमिकमपि ब्राह्मणं विध्यन्तः ŚB. ibid. Also see विध्यादि. -आदिः m. the beginning of a विधि or injunction; the main or प्रधान injunction; वेदे$पि दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यां यजेत इति विध्यादिः । विध्यन्तो$पि प्रधानविधिवर्जितं कृत्स्नं पौरोडाशिकं ब्राह्मणम् ŚB. on MS.7.4.1. -कर a. executing commands; विधिकरीरिमा वीर मुह्यतीरधरसीधुनाप्याययस्व नः Bhāg.1.31.8. -m. a servant; सो$यं ते विधिकर ईश विप्रशप्तस्तस्येदं निधन- मनुग्रहाय विद्मः Bhāg.7.8.57. -घ्नः a. disregarding prescribed rites or rules. -ज्ञ a. knowing the ritual. (-ज्ञः) a Brāhmaṇa versed in the ritual, a ritualist. -दर्शकः a priest at a sacrifice who sees that everything is done according to the precepts, and corrects any deviation from them. -दृष्ट, -विहित a. prescribed by rule, enjoined by law. -देशकः 1 = विधिदर्शक above. -2 a preceptor, teacher. -द्वैधम् diversity of rules, variance of precept or commandment. -पूर्वकम् ind. according to rule. -प्रयोगः application of a rule. -यज्ञः 1 a sacrifice performed according to rule; Ms.2. 85-86. -2 a ceremonial act of worship. -योगः 1 the force or influence of fate. -2 the observance of a rule; अनेन विधियोगेन कर्तव्यांशप्रकल्पना Ms.8.211. -लोपः transgression of a commandment. -वधूः f. an epithet of Sarasvatī. -विपर्ययः misfortune. -विभक्तिः f. a potential termination; a termination which lays down an injunction; विधिविभक्तिं हि विधायिकां लिङं मन्यमानाः श्लोकमिमं समामनन्ति ŚB. on MS.4.3.3. The श्लोक referred to here is; कुर्यात् क्रियेत कर्तव्यं भवेत् स्यादिति पञ्चमम् । एतत् स्यात् सर्ववेदेषु नियतं विधिलक्षणम् ॥ This श्लोक speaks of the five forms which the विधिविभक्ति takes in the Vedic literature. -हीन a. devoid of rule, unauthorised, irregular.
vihatiḥ विहतिः A friend, companion. -f. 1 Killing, striking. -2 Failure. -3 Defeat, rout. -4 Repulse, frustration; मनोभिः सोद्वेगैः प्रणयविहतिध्वस्तरुचयः Ki.1.63.
vedhaḥ वेधः 1 Penetrating, piercing, perforation. -2 Wounding, a wound. -3 A hole, an excavation. -4 The depth (of an excavation). -5 A particular measure of time. -6 The ninth part of Paridhi; परिधिनवमभागः शूकधान्येषु वेधः Līlā. -7 Fixing the position of the sun, planets or the stars. -8 Disturbance. -Comp. -मुख्यः, -मुख्यकः Curcuma Zerumbet (Mar. कचोरा).
vedhanam वेधनम् 1 The act of piercing, perforating. -2 Penetration. -3 Excavation. -4 Pricking, wounding. -5 Depth (of an excavation).
vaidarbhaḥ वैदर्भः [विदर्भ-अण्] 1 A king of Vidarbha. -2 A gum-boil. -र्भम् Crafty, ambiguous speech. -र्भी 1 N. of Damayantī धन्यास वैदर्भि गुणैरुदारैः N.3.116. -2 Of Rukmiṇī. -3 A particular style of composition; thus defined in S. D. :-- माधुर्यव्यञ्जकैर्वर्णै रचना ललितात्मिका । अवृत्तिरल्पवृत्तिर्वा वैदर्भी रीतिरिष्यते ॥ 626. Daṇḍin very minutely distinguishes this style from the Gaudiya; see Kāv. 1.41-53. Alaṁkāraśekhara quotes Ku.5.4 as an illustration. -4 N. of the wife of Agastya.
vyavahāraḥ व्यवहारः 1 Conduct, behaviour, action. -2 Affair, business, work; कुटुम्बार्थे$ध्यधीनो$प व्यवहारं यमाचरेत् Ms. 8.167. -3 Profession, occupation. -4 Dealing, transaction. -5 Commerce, trade, traffic. -6 Dealing in money, usury. -7 Usage, custom, an established rule or practice. -8 Relation, connection; तेषां च व्यवहारो$यं परस्परनिबन्धनः Pt.1.79. -9 Judicial procedure, trial or investigation of a case, administration of justice; व्यवहारस्तमाह्वयति; अलं लज्जया व्यवहारस्त्वां पृच्छति Mk.9; व्यवहारस्थापना Kau. A.3; Ms.8.1; शिवं सिषेवे व्यवहारलब्धम् Bu. Ch.2.4. -1 A legal dispute, complaint, suit, law-suit, litigation; व्यवहारो$यं चारुदत्तमवलम्बते, इति लिख्यतां व्यवहारस्य प्रथमः पादः, केन सह मम व्यवहारः Mk.9; ददर्श संशय- च्छेद्यान् व्यवहारानतन्द्रितः R.17.39. -11 A title of legal procedure, any occasion of litigation. -12 A contract; असंबद्धकृतश्चैव व्यवहारो न सिद्धति Ms.8.163. -13 Mathematical process. -14 Competency to manage one's own affairs; majority. -15 A sword. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the body of civil and criminal law. -अभिशस्त a. prosecuted, charged. -अयोग्यः a minor (in law). -अर्थिन् a plaintiff, accuser; अहो स्थिरसंस्कारता व्यवहारार्थिनः Mk. 9.5/6. -आसनम् the tribunal of justice, judgmentseat; व्यवहारासनमाददे युवा R.8.18. -ज्ञः 1 one who understands business. -2 a youth come of age, one who is no longer a minor. -3 one who is acquainted with judicial procedure. -तन्त्रम् course of conduct; वाक्प्रतिष्ठा- निबन्धनानि देहिनां व्यवहारतन्त्राणि Māl.4. -दर्शनम् trial, judicial investigation. -पदम् = व्यवहारविषय q. v. -पादः 1 any one of the four stages of a legal proceeding; these are four:-- (1) पूर्वपक्ष, the plaint; (2) उत्तरपक्ष, the defence; (3) क्रियापाद, adducing evidence, oral or written; (4) निर्णयपाद, the decision or verdict. -2 the fourth stage; i. e. निर्णयपाद, that part which concerns the verdict or decision. -मातृका 1 a legal process in general. -2 any act or subject relating to the administration of justice or formation of courts (of which thirty heads are enumerated). -वादिन् m. upholder of the usage theory i. e. one who holds that transactions of old persons (वृद्धव्यवहार) can explain the knowledge of the connection between शब्द and its अर्थ by the younger ones; अपि च व्यवहारवादिनः प्रत्यक्षमुपदिशन्ति कल्पयन्ति इतरे सम्बन्धारम् ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. -विधः a rule of law, any code of law. -विषयः (so -पदम्, -मार्गः, -स्थानम्) a subject or head of legal procedure, an actionable business, a matter which may be made the subject of litigation (these are eighteen; for an enumeration of their names, see Ms.8.4-7). -स्थितिः f. judicial procedure.
vyavāyaḥ व्यवायः 1 Separation, decomposition, resolution, (into components). -2 Dissolution. -3 Covering, concealment; गुणव्यवाये$प्यगुणं विपश्चितः Bhāg.8.6.11. -4 Intervention, interval; अट्कुप्वाङ्नुम्व्यवाये$पि; व्यवायान्नानु- षज्येत MS.1. -5 An impediment, obstacle. -6 Copulation, sexual intercourse; व्यवायकाले ददृशे वनौकोदम्पती द्विजौ Bhāg.9.9.25. -7 Purity. -8 Separation, remoteness, interception; संदिग्धे तु व्यवायाद्वाक्यभेदः स्यात् MS.3.1.21. -9 Entering, penetration; व्यवायं कुरुते नित्यं धीरो भूतानि धारयन् Mb.14.2.1. -यम् Light, lustre.
vyāpanam व्यापनम् 1 Pervading, comprehending, penetrating. -2 Covering.
śaktiḥ शक्तिः f. [शक्-क्तिन्] 1 (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शक्तौ R.1.22; so यथाशक्ति, स्वशक्ति &c. (b) Faculty, capacity; स्मरण- शक्ति 'retentive faculty or memory'. -2 Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; 1 प्रभुशक्ति or प्रभावशक्ति' the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 मंत्रशक्ति 'the power of good counsel'; and 3 उत्साहशक्ति 'the power of energy'); राज्यं नाम शक्तित्रयायत्तम् Dk.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थसंचयम् R.3.13;6.33;17.63; Śi.2.26. -3 The power of composition, poetic power or genius; शक्तिर्निपुणता लोकशास्त्रकाव्याद्यवेक्षणात् K.P.1; see explanation ad loc. -4 The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 5 being mentioned); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; Ś.7.35. -5 A kind of missile; शक्तिखण्डामर्षतेन गाण्डीविनोक्तम् Ve. 3; ततो विभेद पौलस्त्यः शक्त्या वक्षसि लक्ष्मणम् R.12.77. -6 A spear, dart, pike, lance. -7 (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated. -8 The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect. -9 (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); तिस्रः शब्दस्य शक्तयः S. D.11. -1 The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); it is thus defined:-- अस्माच्छब्दादयमर्थो बोद्धव्य इत्याकारको$नादिसंकेतः शक्तिः Tarka. K. -11 The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of &Saucte;iva worshipped by a sect of people called Śāktas. -12 A sword. -13 An implement in gambling. -Comp. -अर्धः perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion. -अपेक्ष, -अपेक्षिन् a. having regard to strength; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षो रसायनम् Śi.2.93. -कुण्ठनम् the deadening of a power. -ग्रह a. 1 apprehending the force or meaning. -2 armed with a spear. -(हः) 1 apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. -2 a spearman, lancer. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Kārtikeya. -ग्राहक a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (-कः) epithet of Kārtikeya. -त्रयम् the three constituent elements of regal power; see शक्ति (2) above. -धर a. strong, powerful. -(रः) 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya; ततस्तामेव चोत्कृष्य शक्तिं शक्तिधरप्रियः Rām. 7.8.11. -ध्वजः N. of Kārtikeya; शक्तिध्वजशिखरशूलोत्सेधं सौधमागतम् Dk.2.5. -नाथः N. of Śiva; स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1. -पर्णः Alstonia Scholaris. (Mar. सातवीण). -पाणिः, -भृत् m. 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पातः 1 prostration of strength. -2 In Yoga philosophy, a spiritual procedure, by which the preceptor puts his strength (spiritual power) in his pupil. -पूजकः a Śākta q. v. -पूजा the worship of Śakti. -पूर्वः an epithet of Parāśara. -वैकल्यम् loss of strength, debility, incapacity. -हीन a. powerless, weak, impotent. -हेतिकः a lancer, spearman.
śītalā शीतला 1 Small-pox. -2 The goddess presiding over small-pox. -3 Sand. -4 Pistia Stratiotes (आरामशीतला, कुटुम्बिनी). -Comp. -पूजा worship of the goddess Śītalā (on the 8th day of the second half of फाल्गुन). -सप्तमी a festival on the 7th day of the light half of माघ.
saṃyamaḥ संयमः Restraint, check, control; श्रोत्रादीनीन्द्रियाण्यन्ये संयमाग्निषु जुह्वति Bg.4.26,27; so संयमधनः &c. -2 Concentration of mind, a term applied to the last three stages of Yoga; संयमाश्चानृशंस्य च परस्वादानवर्जनम् Mb.14. 18.16; धारणाध्यानसमाधित्रयमन्तरङ्गं संयमपदवाच्यम् Sarva. S.; Ku.2.59. -3 A religious vow. -4 Religious devotion, practice of penance; अस्मान् साधु विचिन्त्य संयमधनान् Ś.4. 17. -5 Humanity, feeling of compassion. -6 Any religious act on the day preceding a vow or course of penance. -7 Destruction of the world; यच्चेदं प्रभवः स्थानं भूतानां संयमो यमः Mb.12.238.2; पुरा स्वयंभूरपि संयमा- म्भस्युदीर्णवातोर्मिरवैः कराले Bhāg.6.9.24. -8 Closing (of the eyes). -9 Effort, exertion.
samādhiḥ समाधिः 1 Collecting, composing, concentrating (as mind). -2 Profound or abstract meditation, concentration of mind on one object, perfect absorption of thought into the one object of meditation, i. e. the Supreme Spirit, (the 8th and last stage of Yoga); व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिः समाधौ न विधीयते Bg.2.44; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4,5; Mk.1.1; Bh.3.54. R.8.79; Śi.4.55. -3 Intentness, concentration (in general), fixing of thoughts; यथा भानुगतं तेजो मणिः शुद्धः समाधिना । आदत्ते राजशार्दूल तथा योगः प्रवर्तते ॥ Mb.12.298.12; तस्यां लग्नसमाधि (मानसम्) Gīt.3; अहःसु तस्या हृदि ये समाधयः Rām. ch.2.41. -4 Penance, religious obligation, devotion (to penance); अस्त्येतदन्यसमाधिभीरुत्वं देवानाम् Ś1; तपः- समाधि Ku.3.24; अथोपयन्तारमलं समाधीना 5.24;5.6;1.59; सर्वथा दृढसमाधिर्भव Nāg.5. -5 Bringing together, concentration, combination, collection; union, a set; सा तस्य धर्मार्थसमाधियुक्तं निशम्य वाक्यम् Rām.4.33.5; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29. -6 Reconciliation, settling or composing differences. -7 Silence. -8 Agreement, assent, promise. -9 Requital. -1 Completion, accomplishment. -11 Perseverance in extreme difficulties. -12 Attempting impossibilities. -13 Laying up corn (in times of famine), storing grain. -14 A tomb. -15 The joint of the neck; a particular position of the neck; अंसाववष्टब्धनतौ समाधिः Ki.16.21. -16 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa; समाधिः सुकरं कार्यं कारणान्तरयोगतः K. P.1; see S. D.614. -17 One of the ten Guṇas or merits of style; अन्यधर्मस्ततो$न्यत्र लोकसीमानुरोधिना । सम्यगाधीयते यत्र स समाधिः स्मृतो यथा ॥ Kāv.1.93. -18 A religious vow or self-imposed restraint. -19 Support, upholding. -Comp -भङ्गः interruption of meditation. -भृत् a. absorbed in meditation. -योगः 1 employment of meditation. -2 the efficacy of contemplation. -विग्रहः embodiment of meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation or contemplation.
samāveśaḥ समावेशः 1 Entering or abiding together. -2 Meeting, association. -3 Inclusion, comprehension. -4 Penetration. -5 Possession by an evil spirit. -6 Passion, emotion. -7 (In gram.) Common applicability of a term.
samudāharaṇam समुदाहरणम् 1 Declaring, pronouncing. -2 Illustration.
saṃmatiḥ संमतिः f. 1 Agreement. -2 Concurrence, assent, approbation, approval. -3 Wish, desire. -4 Knowledge of self, knowledge of the soul, true knowledge. -5 Regard, respect, esteem; कथमिव तव संमतिर्भवित्री सममृतुभिर्मुनिनावधीरितस्य Ki.1.36. -6 Love, affection. -7 Command, order. -8 Honouring (संमानन); लोकानां स्वस्ति चैवं स्याद्भवेदस्य च संमतिः Rām.7.1.4. -Comp. -पत्रकम् the decree of an assembly of arbitration, (सभ्याधिकारि- प्रकृति); तत्पत्रं वाद्यमान्यं चेत् ज्ञेयं संमतिपत्रकम् Śukra.2.34.
sācivyam साचिव्यम् 1 The office of a minister, ministership. -2 Ministry, administration; अनभिज्ञश्च साचिव्यं गमितः केन हेतुना Mb.13.163.7. -3 Friendship; assistance; तस्य मे कुरु साचिव्यं तस्य भार्यापहारणे Rām.3.31.41. -Comp. -आक्षेपः (in rhet.) an objection under the form of assent; साचिव्याक्षेप एवैष यदत्र प्रतिषिध्यते । प्रियप्रयाणं साचिव्यं कुर्वत्येवानुरक्तया ॥ Kāv.2.146.
sādhana साधन a. (-नी f.) [साध् णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Accomplishing, effecting &c. -2 Procuring. -3 Conjuring up (a spirit). -4 Denoting, expresssive of. -नम् 1 Accomplishing, effecting, performing, as in स्वार्थसाधनम्. -2 Fulfilment, accomplishment, complete attiainment of an object; प्रजार्थसाधने तौ हि पर्यायोद्यतकार्मुकौ R.4.16. -3 A means, an expedient, a means of accomplishing anything; असाधना अपि प्राज्ञा बुद्धिमन्तो बहुश्रुताः । साधयन्त्याशु कार्याणि Pt.2.1; शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33,52; R.1.19; 4.36,62. -4 An instrument, agent; कुठारः छिदिक्रिया- साधनम् -5 The efficient cause, source, cause in general. -6 The instrumental case. -7 Implement, apparatus. -8 Appliance, materials. -9 Matter, ingredients, substance. -1 An army or a part thereof; व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत्साधनं सिद्धये Mu.5.1. -11 Aid, help, assistance (in general). -12 Proof, substantiation, demonstration. -13 The hetu or middle term in a syllogism, reason, that which leads to a conclusion; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितं बिभ्रत् सपक्षे स्थितिं । व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत् साधनं सिद्धये ॥ Mu.5.1. -14 Subduing, overcoming. -15 Subduing by charms. -16 Accomplishing anything by charms or magic. -17 Healing, curing. -18 Killing, destroying; फलं च तस्य प्रतिसाधनम् Ki.14.17. -19 Conciliating, propitiating, winning over. -2 Going out, setting forward, departure. -21 Going after, following. -22 Penance, self-mortification. -23 Attainment of final beatitude. -24 A medicinal preparation, drug, medicine. -25 (In law) Enforcement of the the delivery of anything, or of the payment of debt, infliction of fine. -26 A bodily organ. -27 The penis. -28 An udder. -29 Wealth. -3 Friendship. -31 Profit, advantage. -32 Burning a dead body. -33 Obsequies. -34 Killing or oxydation of metals. -35 Proof, argument. -36 Conflict, battle. -37 (In gram.) Instrument, agent. -38 Making ready, preparation. -39 Gain, acquisition. -4 Calculation. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः Superintendent or captain of the military forces. -अर्ह a. worthy of being proved or accomplished. -क्रिया 1 a finite verb. -2 an action connected with a Kāraka. -क्षम a. admitting proof. -निर्देशः production of proof. -पत्रम् a document used as evidence.
sāṣṭāṅgam साष्टाङ्गम् ind. With humble prostration of the body (by touching the earth with the eight members i.e. hands, breast, forehead, knees and feet); see अष्टाङ्गप्रणाम under अष्टन्.
siddhiḥ सिद्धिः f. [सिध्-क्तिन्] 1 Accomplishment, fulfilment, completion, perfection, complete attainment (of an object); विरोधि सिद्धेरिति कर्तुमुद्यतः Ki.14.8; क्रियासिद्धिः सत्त्वे भवति महतां नोपकरणे Subhāṣ. -2 Success, prosperity, welfare, well-being. -3 Establishment, settlement. -4 Substantiation, demonstration, proof, indisputable conclusion. -5 Validity (of a rule, law &c.). -6 Decision; adjudication, settlement (of a law-suit); कार्यकारण- सिद्धौ च प्रसन्ना बुद्धिरव्यया Rām.4.18.47; तस्मान्न लेखसामर्थ्यात् सिद्धिरैकान्तिकी मता Śukra. 4.726. -7 Certainty, truth, accuracy, correctness. -8 Payment, liquidation (of a debt); अधमर्णार्थसिद्ध्यर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47. -9 Preparing, cooking (as of drugs &c.). -1 The solution of a problem. -11 Readiness. -12 Complete purity or sanctification. -13 A superhuman power of faculty; (these faculties are eight:-- अणिमा लघिमा प्राप्तिः प्राकाम्यं महिमा तथा । ईशित्वं च वशित्वं च तथा कामावसायिता ॥). -14 The acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means. -15 Marvellous skill or capability. -16 Good effect or result. -17 Final beatitude, final emancipation. -18 Understanding, intellect. -19 Concealment, vanishing, making oneself invisible. -2 A magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes). -21 A kind of Yoga. -22 N. of Durgā. -23 Complete knowledge. -24 Advantage, use, good effect. -25 N. of Śiva (m. in this sense). -26 Efficacy, efficiency. -27 Becoming intelligible (as sounds or words). -28 (In Rhet.) The pointing out in the same person of various good qualities. -Comp. -द a. 1 granting success or supreme felicity. -2 giving the eight superhuman faculties; हृदि विनिहितरूपः सिद्धिदस्तद्विदां यः Māl.5.1. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -दात्री an epithet of Durgā. -योगः a particular suspicious conjunction of planets. -विनायकः a form of Gaṇeśa.
sūkṣma सूक्ष्म a. [सूच्-मन् सुक् च नेट्; Uṇ.4.184] 1 Subtle, minute, atomic; जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः; मुख्य- क्रमेण प्रयोगव वनैकवाक्यता सूक्ष्मा ŚB. on MS.5.1.15. -2 Little, small; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19; R.18.49. -3 Fine, thin, delicate, exquisite. -4 Nice. -5 Sharp, acute, penetrating. -6 Crafty, artful, subtle, ingenious. -7 Exact, precise, accurate, correct. -क्षमः 1 An atom. -2 The clearing-nut plant. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -क्ष्मा 1 Sand. -2 Small cardamoms. -क्ष्मम् 1 The subtle all-pervading spirit, the Supreme Soul. -2 Minuteness. -3 One of the three kinds of power attainable by an ascetic; cf. सावद्य. -4 Craft, ingenuity -5 Fraud, cheating. -6 Fine thread &c. -7 N. of a figure of speech, thus defined by Mammaṭa :-- कुतो$पि लक्षितः सूक्ष्मोप्यर्थो$न्यस्मै प्रकाश्यते । धर्मेण केनचिद्यत्र तत्सूक्ष्मं परिचक्षते ॥ K. P.1. -8 The cavity of a tooth. -9 Marrow. -1 The Vedānta philosophy. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -एला small cardamoms. -तण्डुलः the poppy. -तण्डुला 1 long pepper. -2 a kind of grass. -दर्शिता quick-sightedness, acuteness, foresight, wisdom. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि a. 1 sharp-sighted, eagle-eyed. -2 of acute discernment. -3 acute, sharpminded. -दलः mustard. -दारु n. a thin plank of wood, a board. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtile body which is invested by the grosser material frame (= लिङ्गशरीर q. v.). -पत्रः 1 coriander seed. -2 a kind of wild cumin. -3 a sort of red sugar-cane. -4 the gum Arabic tree. -5 a sort of mustard. -पर्णी a kind of basil. -पिप्पली wild pepper. -बीजः the poppy. -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, shrewd, intelligent. (-द्धिः f.) sharp wit, acute intellect, mental acumen. -भूतम् a subtle element. -मक्षिकम्, -का a mosquito, gnat. -मति, -मतिमत् a. acute-minded. -मानम् a nice or exact measurement, precise computation (opp. सूथूलमान which means 'broad measurement', 'rough calculation'). -शरीरम् (in phil.) a subtle body. -शर्करा small gravel, sand. -शालिः a kind of fine rice. -षट्चरणः a sort of louse. -स्फोटः a kind of leprosy.
sthāpanama स्थापनम [स्था-णिच्-ल्युट्] 1 (a) The act of causing to stand, fixing; founding, establishing, instituting; Mb. 12.255.3. (b) Regulating, directing. -2 Fixing the thoughts, concentration of the mind, steady application, abstraction. -3 A dwelling, habitation. -4 A ceremony performed on a woman's perceiving the first signs of living conception; cf. पुंसवन. -5 Fastening, rendering immovable; उत्थापनैरुन्नयनैश्चालनैः स्थापनैरपि । परस्परं जिगीषन्तावुपचक्रतुरात्मनः ॥ Bhāg.1.44.5. -6 Founding, erecting (a temple, image &c.). -7 Preservation, prolongation (of life). -8 A means of stopping (the flow of blood), styptic. -9 Storage (of grain). -1 Establishment of a proposition. -Comp. -वृत्त a. one who is past all restoration to strength.
snayaḥ स्नयः 1 Bathing, ablution. -2 Lustration.
sva स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause.
haṭhaḥ हठः 1 Violence, force. -2 Oppression, rapine. -3 Obstinacy. -4 Absolute necessity. -5 Going in the rear of an enemy. -6 Pistia Stratiotes (आकाशमूली). -7 An unexpected gain; अकस्मादिह यः कश्चिदर्थं प्राप्नोति पूरुषः । तं हठेनेति मन्यन्ते स हि यत्नो न कस्यचित् ॥ Mb.3.32.16 (com. अचिन्तितस्यातर्कितस्य च लाभो हठः). (हठेन and हठात् are used adverbially in the sense of 'forcibly', 'violently', 'suddenly', 'against one's will'; अम्बालिका च चण्डवर्मणा हठात् परिणेतुमात्मभवनमनीयत् Dk.; वानरान् वारयामास हठेन मधुरेण च Rām. -Comp. -आदेशिन् a. prescribing forcible measures against. -आयात a. absolutely necessary, indispensable. -पर्णी moss. -बुद्धिः the belief in the unexpected gain (without doing any effort); तथैव हठदुर्बुद्धिः शक्तः कर्मण्यकर्मकृत् Mb.3.32.15. -योगः a particular mode of Yoga or practising abstract meditation, (so called, as distinguished from राजयोग q.v., because it is very difficult to practise; it may be performed in various ways, such as by standing on one leg, holding up the arms, inhaling smoke with the head inverted &c.). -वादिन् m. one using force obstinately; दुर्ग्राह्यविद्विषद्दुर्गग्राहिणा हठवादिना Śiva B.31.59. -वादिकः a चार्वाक type person; see हठबुद्धिः (प्राग्जन्माभावात् अकृतमेवोप- स्थास्यतीति वदन्); Mb.3.32.13. -विद्या the science of forced meditation.
haṭhāluḥ हठालुः f. Pistia Stratiotes.
Macdonell Search
52 results
adhaścaraṇāvapāta m. prostration at the feet of any one.
adhikāra m. superintendence, administration, control, authority; office, post, dignity; sovereignty; eligibility; claim to (lc.); striving, endeavour for (lc.); chapter (on, --°ree;); heading rule to be supplied with following rules till a new section (gr.); -purusha, m. official; -vat, m. id.; -stha, a. official, in office; -½âdhya, a. invested with authority.
adhīkāra m. administration (of, lc.); capacity, ability.
anuprapattavya fp. to be fol lowed; -pra-vakanîya, fp. requisite for learning the Veda; -pravesa, a. entering, penetrating into (feelings, &c.); accommodation to (--°ree;); -prasna, m. enquiry after (g.); -pra sakti, f. connexion; -prâsa, m. alliteration.
arthāgama m. substantial income; -½âtura, a. avaricious; -½âtman, m. true na ture; -½adhikâra, m. administration of money; -½antara, n. another thing; different meaning: -nyâsa, m.adduction of another case, general or particular corroboration (a rhetorical fig.); -½âpatti, f. self-evidence; kind of rhetorical figure; -½abhiprâya, m. meaning intended; -½argana, n. acquisition of property; -½arth am, ad. for the sake of money; -½arthi-tâ, f. desire of wealth; -½arthin, a. interested, selfish; -½avamarda, m. prodigality; -½âsâ, f. desire for money; -½âharana, n. accumu lation of money; adduction of meanings.
aṣṭākṣara a. having eight syllables; -½a&ndot;ga, eight members (°ree;--); a. having eight parts: -pâta, m. prostration with the eight members (hands, feet, knees, forehead, breast), profound obeisance.
upapatti f. coming about, occur rence, appearance; success; resultance, de monstration, establishment, proof; suitable ness: -pari-tyakta, pp. unfounded; -yukta, pp. proved.
upapādaka a. effecting, bring ing about; -na, a. bringing forward; n. pro curement; appearance; demonstration.
ekapatikā a. having the same husband; -patni-tâ, f. having one wife in common; -patnî, f. (é-) wife of any one man, faithful spouse; a. pl. having one and the same husband; -pád (or é-), strong base -pâd, f. -padî, a. one-footed; -pada, n. one and the same spot: -m, lc. at once, suddenly, in a trice; a. (é-) one-footed; only one step long: -m, ad. in short; -padâ, f. verse consisting of one pâda; -padî, f. foot-path; -pará, a. marked with one point (die); -pâna, m. single wager or stake; -pâtin, a. isolated, separate; connected: pl. taken together; -pâda, m. one foot; a. (é-) one-footed; -pârthiva, m. sole monarch; -pi&ndot;ga, m.(quite brown) ep. of Kubera: -la, m. id.: -½akala, m. Kubera's mountain, i. e. the Himavat; -pîta, a. quite yellow; -prakhya, a. homogeneous; uniform; -phala, a. bearing the same fruit as (--°ree;); -buddhi, a.unanimous; simple-minded; m. N. of a fish; f. simple conception (ph.); -bhakta, pp. serving or kept by one master; n. eating one meal a day; -bhakti-ka, a. taking only one meal a day; -bhaksha, m. sole food; -bhâva, m.simplicity, straightforwardness, sincerity; a. having one and the same nature; honest, sincere; behaving uprightly towards (g.); -bhâvin, a. becoming one, coalescing; -bhû- ta, pp. undivided; closely attentive; -bhû mi½îsvara, m. sole ruler of earth; -bhogin, a. eating only once a day; -mati, f. unanimity; concentration of mind; a. unanimous; -manas, a. having the mind fixed on one object, attentive (sts. --°ree;); unanimous; -maya,a. (î) consisting exclusively of, quite filled with (--°ree;); -mukha, a. superintended by one; -mûrti, f. one person; -mûla, a. having a single root.
aikāgrya n. fixed attention to one object, concentration.
karmanāman n. name from an activity; participle; -nâsâ, f. N. of a river; -nishtha, a. diligent in (holy) works; -nyâsa, m. cessation of work; -pâka, m. ripening of works, retribution for worksdone in a former life; -pâtaka, n. sinful deed; -pravakanîya, m. (determining an action), designation of pre positions used with nouns and of some adverbs; -phala, n. result of actions: -hetu, a. to whom results of action are a motive; -bandha, m. bondage of action; -bâhulya, n. hard work; -buddhi, a. believing in human exertion; -bhûmi, f. land of works; sphere of action; -máya, a. (î) consisting of, produced by or having the nature of action; -mârga, m. road to action, thieves' slang for openings in walls &c.; -mîmâmsâ, f.=pûrva-mîmâmsâ; -yo ga, m. activity; practice of holy works; con nexion with a sacrifice; connexion with pre vious acts: ab. or -tas, in consequence of fate; -vidhi, m. rules of action or duty; -viparyaya, m. perverse action; -vipâka=karma-pâka; -samâpta, pp. having performed the sacred rites; -siddhi, f. success of an action; -sthâ na, n.administrative office.
caraṇaka n. little foot; -granthi, m. ankle; -nyâsa, m. footstep, tread; foot print; -patana, n. prostration at the feet; -pâta, m. kick; prostration; -prishtha, m. instep; -prasâra, m. extension of the legs; -bha&ndot;ga, m. fracture of the leg; -mûla, n. root of the foot: e ni-pat, fall down at the feet; -vyûha, m. T. of a work (description of the Vedic schools); -½ânati, f. bowing at the feet, prostration.
tāra a. [√ trî] penetrating, piercing; shrill, high, loud; sparkling: -m, cpv. -ta ram, spv. -tamam, ad.; m. n. loud, high, or shrill sound; m. pearl of pure water; putting across (--°ree;); sacred syllable om or other mys tic monosyllable in a Tantra; â, f. N.
daṇḍanāyaka m. judge; leader of a troop; -nipâtana, n. causing the rod to descend, punishment (of, g.); -niyoga, m. award of punishment; -nîti, f. administration of justice, science of government.
daṇḍapāṇi a. holding a staff in one's hand; m. policeman; ep. of Yama; -pâta, m. (descent of the rod), punishment, chastisement; -pâtana, n. castigation; -pâ rushya, n. assault: du. bodily chastisement and admonition; -pâla, m. guardian of jus tice, judge: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -pâláka, m. guardian of justice, judge; -pâsaka, m. policeman, watchman; -pranâma, m. prostration at full length like a staff; -pradâna,n. presentation of the staff (at investiture); -bhaya, n. fear of the rod; -bhâg, a. liable to punishment; -bhrit, a. wielding the rod; m. ep. of Yama; -mukhya, m. leader of an army.
dṛṣṭādṛṣṭa pp. visible and invisible; relating to this life and the next; -½anta, m. (non plus ultra of experience), model, pattern; precedent; illustration; example; a. serving as a pattern; -½artha, a. whose object or aim is clear; serving as a model; having ascertained the true state of (g.).
dharmākhyāna n. setting forth of duty; -½âkârya, m. teacher of the law; -½atikrama, m. transgression of the law; -½âtma-tâ, f. justice, virtue; -½âtman, a. having a virtuous nature, conscious of duty, just; -½âdesaka, m. instructor in the law (v. l. for dharma-desaka); -½adharma-gña, a. knowing right and wrong; -½adharma parîkshana, n. enquiry as to right and wrong; kind of ordeal; -½adhikarana, n. law court: -½adhishthita-purusha, m. law court official, -sthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhi kâra, m. administration of justice; -½adhi kâranika, m. judge; -½adhikârin, m. id.; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. id.; -½adhishthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhyaksha, m. chief justice; -½adhvan, m. path of virtue; -½anu kâ&ndot;kshin, a. striving after justice; intent on righteousness; -½anushthâna, n. fulfilment of the law; -½abhisheka-kriyâ, f. prescribed ablution.
dhāraṇā f. wearing (a dress); sup porting, assistance; repression; mental reten tion; memory; mental concentration, sus pension of the breath, immovable abstraction; settled rule; understanding.
dhāraṇa a. (--°ree; or g.) bearing, containing; possessing; preserving; n. (dh&asharp;r-) bearing, holding; wearing; maintaining, pre serving; observance of (g.); mental retention; mentalconcentration, on (lc.); possession; suppression; endurance: -ka, a. containing (--°ree;); m. debtor.
nidarśaka a. seeing; announcing; -darsana, a. (î) showing; announcing; teaching; n. seeing, sight; reference to (--°ree;); showing, authority, evidence; instance, example, illustration; symptom; prognostic; system; contradictory instance; -darsin, a. (--°ree;) seeing, understanding; pleasing; -dâghá, m. heat, hot season, summer: -dhâman, m. sun, -½avadhi, m. hot season; -dâna, n. rope, halter; prime cause, original form; cause; a class of Buddhistic works: in. originally, essentially, really; -didrâsu, des. a. sleepy; -didhyâsana, n. profound meditation; -di dhyâsitávya, fp. to be profoundly meditated on; -desa, m. command, order; neighbour hood: e sthâ, be at any one's (d.) command.
nīrava a. noiseless, mute; -rasa, a. sapless, withered, dry; tasteless, insipid; devoid of charm, tedious; having no taste for or sense of; feelingless; -râga, a. colour less; devoid of passions; -râgana, n.,â, f. royal lustration of an army (including do mestic priest, retainers, horses, elephants, etc.: a military and religious ceremony); -ruk, a. lustreless; bereft of beauty; -rug, a. pain less; healthy, well; -ruga, a. id.; -rûpa, a.formless; -renu-ka, a. dustless; -roga, a. healthy, well: -tâ, f. health, -durbhiksha, a. not afflicted with disease or famine.
parābhava m. departure; disappearance; defeat, overthrow; humiliation, frustration, mortification (by, in., ab.); -bhâ va, m. defeat; (párâ)-bhûti, f. defeat, humiliation, mortification (by, ab., --°ree;).
pādanamra a. bowing down to the feet of any one; -nikrit, a. having a de ficiency of a syllable in each quarter-verse; -nyâsa, m. setting down of the feet, step; footprint; -pa, m. (drinking by the root), plant, esp. tree: -ka, --°ree;, a. id.; -patana, n. throwing oneself at the feet of any one, pros tration; -patita, pp. having thrown oneself at any one's feet; -paddhati, f. line of foot steps, footprints; -padma, m. lotus-foot; -parikâraka, m. humble servant; -pâda dhâvana, n. washing of one foot with the other; -pîtha, n. footstool: î-kri, turn into a footstool; -pûrana, a., n. filling a verse foot; -prakshâlana, n. washing of the feet; -prasârana, n. stretching out the feet; -pra hâra, m. kick; -bhata, m. foot-soldier; -bhâ ga, m. a fourth; -bhâg, a. possessing=equalling only a fourth part of any one (g.) in (lc.); -mudrâ, f. footprint; trace, sign, indication:-pa&ndot;kti, f. line of footprints, track; -mûla, n. root of the foot, tarsus; sometimes used as a respectful designation of a person; foot of a mountain: e ni-pat, fall at the feet of (g.); -yuddha, n. foot-fight; -ragas, n.dust of the feet; -lagna, pp. sticking in the foot (thorn); lying at any one's feet; attached to the foot; -lepa, m. foot-ointment of a peculiarly magical power; -vandana, n. adoration of the feet, reverential salutation;-sabda, m. sound of footsteps; -sas, ad. foot by foot; by a fourth; sauka, n. cleansing of the feet; -stambha, m. supporting beam, pillar.
praṇidhāna n. application, em ployment; exertion, endeavour; respectful behaviour, towards (lc.); submission to the will of (--°ree;); profound meditation; vehement desire (B.); vow (B.);-nidhâyin, a. em ploying (emissaries); -nidhi, m. spying; sending out (of emissaries); request; spy, emissary; -nidhî-bhû, become a spy in the service of (--°ree;); -nidheya, fp. to be applied; to be sent out as a spy;-nipatana, n. falling down before any one, prostration; -nipâta, m. prostration, reverent salutation; humble submission to (g.); -nipâtin, a. prostrating oneself, submitting; -n&isharp;, m. leader; (á)-nîta, pp. √ nî: â,f. pl. water fetched (on the morning of the rite), holy water: -karu, m. pot for the holy water, -pranáyana, n. vessel for fetching the holy water; (á)-nîti, f. guidance; leading away.
pratipāṇa a. bartering; m. counter stake; revenge at play; -pâtram, ad. in or on every part (in a play); -pâdaka, a. (ikâ) giving, bestowing (--°ree;); discussing, treating of, teaching; explanatory, illustrative; -pâd ana, n. causing to attain (--°ree;); giving, be stowal, on (lc. or --°ree;); giving back, return ing; bringing back; inauguration in (--°ree;); producing, causing; setting forth, treating of, propounding, illustrating, teaching; com mencement; -pâdanîya, fp. to be given, in marriage (Pr.); to be propounded, dis cussed or treated of; -pâdapam, ad. in every tree; -pâdam, ad. in every verse (pâda); -pâdayitavya, fp. to be bestowed or pre sented; -pâdayitri, m. bestower, on (lc.); propounder, teacher; -pâdukâ, f. pedestal; -pâdya, fp. to be propounded, explained, or discussed; under discussion; -pâna, n. drink ing; drinking water; -pâpa, a.bad in return, requiting any one (lc.) with evil; -pâlana, n. watching, guarding, protection; rearing, nurture (of animals); keeping, observance, maintenance, of (g. or --°ree;); expectation (Pr.); -pâlanîya or -pâlayitavya,fp. to be ex pected or waited for; -pâlin, a. guarding, protecting; -pâlya, fp. to be protected or guarded; to be waited for.
pratyāyaka (cs.) a. [√ i] causing to know or comprehend; convincing, cre dible; -½â½ayana, 1. n. setting (of the sun); -½âyana [fr. cs. of √ i], 2. a. convincing, credible; n. elucidation, explanation, demon stration: â, f. convincing; consolation; -½âyay itavya, fp. to be elucidated or demonstrated; -½âyita, (cs. pp.) m. agent.
pradyumna m. (Mighty), god of love; the pleasant (=kâma); intellect (=man as); N.; N. of a mtn.; N. of a river: -pura, n. N. of a city; -dyotá, m. flashing forth, radiance, light; N. of a Yaksha and of various kings; -dyotin, a. illustrating, explaining (--°ree;).
prameya fp. measurable, limited; ascertainable, demonstrable; that of which a correct notion should be formed; n. object of correct knowledge or of demonstration: -tva, n. demonstrability.
praveka a. choice, chief, exquisite, most excellent of (--°ree;); -vega, m. great swift ness; -vegita, den. pp. moving rapidly; -ve- nî, f. braid of hair; coloured woollen cloth; -vetri, m. charioteer; -vettri, m. connoisseur of (--°ree;); -vedana, n. making known, pro claiming; -vedin, a. thoroughly knowing (--°ree;); -vedya, fp. to be made known; -vedha, m. shot; -vepin, a. trembling; -verita, pp. cast, hurled; -vesa, m.entrance, entry, pene tration, intrusion, into (lc., g.±antar, or --°ree;); appearance on the stage; getting into the house, coming into one's possession (e. g. of a deposit); obtrusiveness, meddlesomeness; entering into=admissibleness, applicability in (lc.); employment or utilization of (--°ree;); entrance, door: -ka, a. --°ree;, id.; m. interlude (explaining what has happened between two acts and is essential for the understanding of what follows); -vesana, n. entering, en trance or penetration into (g., lc., or --°ree;); co pulation; introduction, into (lc.); driving home (of cattle); -vesa-bhâgika, m. collector of taxes; -vesayitavya, fp. to be introduced; -vesita, cs. pp. introduced, made or allowed to enter; n. causing to appear on the stage; -vesin, a. entering, into (--°ree;); accessible through or over (--°ree;); having sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -vesya, fp. to be entered; -played (musical instrument); -introduced; -vesh- tavya, fp. to be entered; -allowed to enter; n. imps. one should enter or penetrate into (lc.); -veshtri, m. one who enters: -tva, n. condition of --.
prākṛta a. (â, î) connected with nature (prakriti), natural, original; unal tered; usual, ordinary, common; low, vul gar; proceeding from or relating to nature (phil.); Prâkritic; m. low orvulgar man, n. vernacular dialect (derived from Sanskrit and spoken by women and inferior charac ters in Sanskrit plays), Prâkrit: -bhâshin, a. speaking Prâkrit, -sâsana, n. treatise on Prâkrit, -kandrikâ, f. Moonlight of Prâkrit, T. of Vararuki's Prâkrit grammar, -pra kâsa, m. Illustration of Prâkrit, id.
bhaṅga a. breaking (V.1); m. breaking (also of waves), -down or off; plucking off; falling out; injury; fracture (of bones); separation, analysis (of words); bend, curve; collapse, downfall, fall, ruin, destruction, decay; interruption, disturbance; frustration, failure; infringement, diminution; non-performance (of an order); dispersion, discomfiture, rout, defeat (also in a lawsuit); fear; rejection, refusal; refutation; fragment; contraction, knitting (of the brows); fold; wave: -kara, a. breaking; m. breaker, infringer.
marmaga a. penetrating the joints, poignant; cutting to the quick (fig.); m. wounding the vitals; -ghnî, a. f. of -han; -kkhid, a. penetrating the joints, cutting to the quick, very poignant; m. piercing the vitals, excessive pain; -kkhedin, a. cutting to the quick, very poignant; -gña, a. know ing the weak or vulnerable points (also fig.); knowing the inmost recesses of a thing, hav ing a deep insight, into (--°ree;); extremely clever.
marmātiga a. penetrating deep into the joints or vitals, excruciating; -½âvar ana, n. coat of mail.
māna m. building, dwelling (V.); altar; n. measuring; measure, measuring cord, standard; dimension, size, height, length (also of time), weight; a certain weight; form, appearance (RV.); resemblance, likeness; demonstration, means of proof.
yoga m. [√ yug] yoking; team; vehi cle; equipment (of an army); performance, employment, use, application, of (g., --°ree;); remedy, cure; means, expedient; device, trick; spell, magic; fraud (°ree;-=spurious); opportunity; undertaking (V.); union, con tact, with (in. ± saha or --°ree;); combination, mixture; connexion, relation; connexion with, acquisition of (in., --°ree;); gain, profit; order, succession; aggregate, sum; fitness, propriety; strenuousness, exertion, endea vour, zeal, assiduity; occupation; mental concentration, systematic abstraction, Yoga system of philosophy; follower of the Yoga system; unity of the soul and nature (Sâm khya ph.); connexion of a word with its root, etymology, etymological meaning of a word; syntactical dependence of a word, construc tion; (concentrated sentence), grammatical rule; conjunction (of stars); constellation: in. yogena, by means of an expedient or stratagem; by means or in consequence of, in accordance with (--°ree;, also -yogât and -yoga tas); suitably, duly, in the correct manner; yogatas, id.; strenuously, assiduously.
yojana n. yoking; team, vehicle (RV., rare); path (V.); yogana (distance driven at a yoking or stretch), a measure of distance equal to four krosas or about nine English miles; preparation, arrangement (also â, f.); instigation; erection; mental concentration; union, combination, with (in. or --°ree;): â, f. grammatical construction; -gandha, a. whose odour extends for a yoga na: â, f. ep. of Satyavatî (mother of Vyâsa); -bâhu, a. having arms a yogana in length, excessively long-armed; m. ep. of Râvana; -sata, n. a hundred yoganas.
vikukṣi a. having a prominent belly; m. N. of a son or grandson of Ikshvâku; -kuntha, a. sharp, penetrating, irresistible (rare); m. ep. of Vishnu; Vishnu's heaven (=vaikuntha); -kûgita, (pp.) n.humming, warbling; -kûnana, n. contraction.
vikārita cs. pp. √ kri; -kâri-tva, n. alteration, change; -kârin, a. liable to change, changeable; changing into (--°ree;); susceptible of emotion or love; becoming disloyal, rebellious; producing a change in, corrupting (the mind); -kârya, fp. liable to change; -kâla, m. evening; -kâsa, m. 1. brightness; 2. inaccurate spelling for -kâsa; -kâsin, a. shining, radiant; --°ree;, illustrating, explaining; -kâsa, m.[√ kas] expanding, blowing (of flowers); opening (of the mouth or eyes); opening of the heart, susceptibility; expansion, development: -ka, a. (--°ree;) expanding the mind=making wise; -kâsana, a. causing to expand; n. developing; -kâsi tâ, f. expansion, development; -kâsin, a. blossoming, blowing; open (eyes); expand ing, developing; extensive, great (fortune); abounding in (--°ree;).
vidyota a. flashing; m. lustre; N.: â, f. N.; -dyotaka, a. illuminating, illustrating; -dyotana, a. id.; n. flashing, light ning; -dyotin, a. illuminating, illustrating (--°ree;).
vibhaṅga m. contraction (of the brows); furrow; interruption, stoppage, frus tration; deception; wave; -bhaganîya, fp. to be distributed; -bhaya, n. freedom from danger; a. exposed to no danger; -bhava, a. rich (E., rare); m. omnipresence (rare); development (rare); might, power, majesty, greatness, exalted position (ord. mg.); wealth, property; luxury: -tas, according to rank (dr.); according to one'specuniary circum stances, -mati, m. N. of a princess, -vat, a. wealthy; -bhavin, a. id.; -bh&asharp;, a. shin ing (V.); f. splendour, beauty (C.): -kara, m. (light-maker), sun; king; -bhâgá, m. V.: distribution, apportionment; C.: parti tion of inheritance; division; share, in (--°ree;); portion, constituent part; numerator of a fraction; separation, distinction, difference: in. separately, singly, in detail: -rekhâ, f. boundary line between (g.), -vat-tâ, f. separation, distinction, -sas, ad. part by part, in parts, singly; according to (--°ree;).
vyavahāra m. conduct, action; intercourse, with (saha or --°ree;); usage, custom, ordinary life, general practice; action or prac tice of, addiction to, occupation or business with (lc., --°ree;); transaction, business, traffic, trade, with (--°ree;); contract; litigation, law suit, with (saha); administration of justice; majority (in law); use of an expression, talk of (--°ree;); designation, of (g.): asmad-âgñayâ vya vahârah kâryah, everything must be done in accordance with our commands; tair eva½a tra vyavahârah, it is just these that are here meant: -ka, m. trader; -gña, a. know ing the ways of the world, come of age; -darsana, n. judicial investigation, trial; -pada, n. legal case; -pâda, m. stage in a trial (there being four: plaint, defence, proof, verdict); -yitavya, cs. fp. (√ hri) to be oc cupied with (in.); -vat, a. occupied with, dealing in (--°ree;); m. trader; -vidhi, m. legal procedure; -sthâna, n. legal case; -sthiti, f. legal procedure; -½âsana, n. judgment-seat.
saṃrakṣa a. guarding; m. guardian: â, f. protection; -rakshana, n. protection, preservation, of (g., --°ree;), from (--°ree;); -raksha- nîya, fp. to be watched, -guarded against; -rakshya, fp. to be guarded or protected, from (ab.); -preserved or maintained; -guarded against; -rambha, m. agitation; impetuosity, violence; zeal, ardent desire (to, for, inf., --°ree;); anger, wrath against (lc., g.+ upari); brunt (of battle); intensity, vehem ence (of passions); °ree;-with a.=excessively; -rambh-in, a. ardently devoted to (--°ree;); angry, enraged; irascible: (-i)-tva, n. fury; -ra râná, pf. pt. √ râ; -râga, m. redness; pas sion, vehemence; attachment to (lc.); -râdh aka, a. thoroughly concentrated; (sám) râdhana, a. (î) conciliating (Br., S.); n. profound meditation (C.); -râdhya, fp. to be conciliated; -attained by profound con centration; -râva,m. clamour, roar; -rodha, m. checking, impeding, restraining, with holding; blockade, investment, siege; re striction, injury; suppression, destruction; -rodhana, n. restraining, suppressing, stop ping; -ropana, a. causing to heal; n. plant ing; -rohana, n. healing up; planting; -roh in, a. growing in (--°ree;).
saṃcaya m. sg. & pl. accumulation, hoard, store, wealth, quantity, collection; gathering, collecting (rare): d. in order to have more; -kayana, n. gathering, collecting; -kaya-vat, a. possessed of wealth, rich; -kay ika, a. having provisions (only --°ree;); -kará, a. go ing about (mûrti-, with a body=incarnate); together, simultaneous (V.); m. place for walk ing, road, path, passage; evolution (in Sâ&ndot; khya phil.); -kárana, a. (î) suitable for going on, passable, converging (V.); n. navigation (of the sea: ac.; RV.); motion, from (ab.), in (lc., --°ree;), by means of (--°ree;); -karishnu, a. moving about, roaming; -karvana, n. chew ing; -kalana, n. trembling, quaking; -kâra, m. walking about, wandering, roaming, driv ing; motion; transit, passage; entrance, portal; transition or transference to (--°ree;); track (of wild animals), road (rare): -ka, m.guide; -kâranîya, fp. to be wandered through; -transferred to (lc.); -kârita, cs. pp. (√ kar) set in motion, worked; -kârin, a. (n-î) walk ing about, wandering, roaming, moving, mov able (in, lc., --°ree;); penetrating into (--°ree;); trans mitted, infectious, hereditary (disease); com ing in contact with, contiguous to (in.); carried with one (umbrella); being in, en gaged with (--°ree;); accessory (sentiment, etc.); taking with one (--°ree;);-kârya, fp. accessible (in a-); produced by (--°ree;); -kikîrshu, des. a. intending to perform; -kiti, f. piling; col lecting, saving; -kintya, fp. to be considered; -regarded as (-vat); -kinu½âna-ka, a. oc cupied with collecting(wealth); -keya, fp. to be accumulated; -kodayitavya, fp. to be urged on; -khettri, m. dispeller (of doubts).
samājñā f. appellation, name; -gñâna, n. recognition as (--°ree;); -dâna, n. taking upon oneself, incurring, contracting; -deya, fp. to be received; -desa, m. direction, instruction; command, order; -dhâtavya, fp. to be set to rights, repaired, or adjusted; -dhâna, n. adjustment, settlement; recon cilement; justification of a statement, de monstration; mental concentration, atten tion; deep contemplation or devotion:-m kri, attend; -dhi, m. putting together, join ing, with (in.); joint (of the neck); union, combination; performance; adjustment, set tlement; justification of a statement, proof; attention (to, lc.), intentness on (--°ree;); deep meditation on the supreme soul, profound devotion (ord. mg.); N. of various figures of speech: -m kri, direct one's attention, to (lc.); -dhi-ta, den. pp. reconciled; -dhitsu, des. a. (√ dhâ) wishing to prove.
sādhana a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces.
sāśīti a. together with or plus eighty; -½âskarya, a. astonished; wonderful: -m, ad. with astonishment, -kautuka, a. astonished and curious; -½asru, a. tearful: n. ad. with tears; -½ashta½a&ndot;ga, a. performed with eight parts of the body (prostration= extremely reverential): -m, ad. w. pra-nam, make a reverential prostration; -½ashtâ&ndot;ga pâtam, ad. w. pra-nam, id.
siddha pp. (√ sidh) hit (mark); ac complished, achieved, effected, fulfilled, real ized, successful; ready (money); prepared, made ready; cooked (food); gained, acquired; peculiar; unchangeable; cured (person); established, settled, substantiated, proved; well known, in (--°ree;); possessed of magical power (things); subject, ready to serve one (spirits, charms); perfected, adept in (d., --°ree;); become perfect, possessing super natural power, emancipated from the laws of nature; m. seer, sorcerer, magician; saint, Siddha (a class of demi-gods, such as Kapila, Vyâsa etc., possessing supernatural powers, esp. that of flying through the air); = Gina (with the Jains); N.; n. magical or super natural power: -kârya, a. having accomplished one's purpose; -kshetra, n. region inhabited by Siddhas, land of the Blest; N. of certain sacred regions: -parvata, m. mountain in the land of the Blest; -tâp asa, m., î, f. ascetic endowed with super natural knowledge and power; -tva, n. correct ness; establishment, demonstration; perfec tion; -dhâman, n. abode of the Blest;-bhûmi, f. fairyland; -mantra, m. magical spell; -yoga, m. magical agency; -yogin-î, f. sorceress, witch, fairy; -ratna, a. possess ing a magical jewel; -rasa, m. quicksilver; -rasâyana, a. possessed of an elixir of life; -râga, m. N. of a king; -laksha, a. hitting the mark (arrow); -vat, ad. as established or proved: -kri, regard as settled or proved; -varti, f. magical wick; -vâsa, m. abode of the Blest, N. of a locality; -sambandha, a. whose kin is known; -sarit, f. (famous river) Ganges.
siddhi f. [√ 2. sidh] hitting of a mark (lc.); accomplishment, performance, ful filment, complete attainment, success (sg., pl.; ord. mg.); getting the better of, cure (of a disease), by (--°ree;); coming into force; pay ment, recovery (of money due); attainment of one's aims, success, fortune (common mg.); personal perfection entailing the acquisition of supernatural powers (phil.); magical power (often °ree;-w. the magical object); effi cacy, efficiency, skill; resultance, establish ment, demonstration; work of art (rare); Success personified as a goddess, as Durgâ; N. of a female friend of Danu: -ka, a. --°ree;= siddhi, magical power; -kara, a. (î) produc ing success or fortune: î, f. N. of a sorceress; -kâra-ka, a. causing any one (g.) to attain his object; producing an effect; -kârin, a. accomplishing anything (g.); -kshetra, n. field of success, successfully accomplished ob ject; -gñâna, n. certain knowledge; -da, a. granting success or fortune; -darsin, a. see ing future success, knowing the future; -prâya, a. near to perfection; -mat, a. suc cessful; perfect (man); possessing magical power; m. perfect man; -mârga, m. road to fairyland; -yâtrika, a. wandering about for the purpose of learning magical arts; m. fortune-hunter; -yoga, m. employment of magical power; -varti,f. magical wick; -½îsvara, m. lord of magical power, ep. of Siva; n. N. of a region sacred to Siva.
sumanomattaka m. N.; -mano-latâ, f. flowering creeper; -mano hara, a. very charming or attractive; -mán tu, a. easily known, well-known (RV.); m. N. of a teacher; -mantra, a. following good counsels; m. N. of various men; -mantrita, pp. well-deliberated: n. imps. good counsel has been taken; n. good counsel: -m kri, take good counsel; -mantrin, a. having a good minister; -mánman, a. uttering good wishes, very devout (RV.); -marma-ga, a. deeply penetrating the joints, causing great agony (arrow); -marshana, a. easy to bear; (sú)-mahat, a. very great, huge, vast (of time, space, quantity, number, degree); very important; -mahas, a. glorious (RV., always vc.); -mahâ, °ree;--: a. extremely great; ad. very greatly; -mahâ-kaksha, a. very high-walled; -mahâ-tapas, a. extremely ascetic or pious; -mahâ-tegas, a. very glorious; -mahât man, a. very noble-minded or high-souled; -mahâ-bala, a. extremely powerful or effica cious; -mahâ-manas, a. very high-minded; -mahârha, a. very splendid; -mahausha dha, n. herb of marvellous efficacy; -mâyá, a. having noble counsels (Maruts; RV.); m. N. of a prince of the Asuras; N. of a fairy: â, f. N. of a daughter of Maya: (a)-ka, m. N. of a fairy; -mitrá, m. kind friend; N., esp. of kings: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N. of a wife of Dasaratha, mother of Satrughna and Lakshmana; -mukha, n. beautiful mouth; bright face: in. cheerfully; a. (î) fair-faced; bright-faced, glad; inclined or disposed to (--°ree;); m. N. of a king; -mundîka, m. N. of an Asura; -mridîká, -mrilîká, V. a. com passionate, gracious; -mrishta, pp. well polished; very dainty: -pushpa½âdhya, a. abounding in very bright flowers; -méka, V. a. well-established, firm; unvarying; -medhás, a.having a good understanding, intelligent, wise (ac. also -medh&asharp;m, RV.); -meru, m. N. of a mtn. (=Meru); N. of a fairy; -mná, a. [√ mnâ=√ man] well-dis posed, gracious (V.); n. (V.) benevolence, favour, grace; devotion, prayer; satisfac tion, gladness, peace: -yú, V. a. devout, be lieving; favourable; -mnâ-várî, a. f. gracious, bringing gladness (Dawn, RV.1).
sūkṣma a. minute, fine, small; thin; narrow (path); short; trifling; delicate, scarcely audible (sound); acute, subtle (intellect, mental operation); nice, exact; intangible, atomic: w. artha, m. trifling matter: -m, ad. penetratingly, keenly, hard (look); -tikka, m. N.; -tâ, f. subtle nature; -tva, n. id.; -darsi-tâ, f. keen-sightedness, acuteness (of mind); -darsin, a. acute (mind); -drishti, f. keen glance; -pâda, a. having smallor delieate feet; -tva, n. delicacy of one's feet; -bhûta, n. subtile element; -mati, a. acute-minded: -mat, a. id.; -sarîra, n. subtile or ideal body; -½aksha, a. eagle-eyed, acute (mind): -tâ, f. acuteness (perh. incorr. for -½îkshi-tâ); -½îkshikâ, f. keen sight, acuteness (perhaps incorr. for -½îkshitâ).
sparśin a. (--°ree;) touching; reaching to; penetrating to.
hi pcl. (never at beg. of a sentence, but gnly. following the first word; also in other positions after the emphatic word; the vb. of the sentence is always accented), V., C.: for, because (often after demonstratives, relatives, interrogatives); just, pray (with impv. or pot.; sts. ind., e. g. pasyâmo hi, we will just see); verily, surely, indeed; C.: often mere verse filler, esp. to avoid the hiatus or to obtain a long vowel, sts. even twice in the same sentence; hi -tu, hi -punar, it is true -but.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
52 results0 results3 results
agne yad ūnaṃ yad vātrātiriktam # Apś.16.34.4b. See yat ta ūnaṃ yad, and yad ūnaṃ.
ahaḥ satrāti pāraya # AVś.17.1.26d.
yad ūnaṃ yad vātrātiriktam # KS.40.5b; Apś.16.34.4b. See under agne yad ūnaṃ yad.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"trati" has 7 results
ādyudāttaa word beginning with an acute-accent id est, that is which has got the first vowel accented acute: words in the vocative case and words formed with an affix marked with a mute ञ् or न् are ādyudātta; confer, compareP. VI.1.197, 198: for illustrations in detail see P.VI.1.189-216.
upasargavivaraṇaa short anonymous work on the nature of upasargas or prepositions explaining their meanings with illustrations.
ediphthong vowel ए made up of अ and इ, and hence having कण्ठतालुस्थान as its place of origin. It has no short form according to Pāṇini. In cases where a short vowel as a substitute is prescribed for it in grammar, the vowel इ is looked upon as its short form. Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya has observed that followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāṇāyanīya branches of the Sāmaveda have short ए ( ऍ ) in their Sāmaveda recital and has given सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् as illustrations; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-48; as also the article on.
nidarśanaillustration; confer, compare पर्याप्तो ह्येकः पुलाक: स्थाल्या निदर्शनाय M.Bh. on I. 4. 23 Vart. 15; cf also इला साल्हा चात्र निदर्शनानि Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 22.
nipātāvyayopasargavṛttiashort treatise explaining and illustrating the use of indeclinables, written by a grammarian named तिलक who probably lived in Kasmira.
pradarśanaillustration; confer, compare विदांकुर्वन्तु इति । इतिकरणः प्रदर्शनार्थः न केवलं प्रथमपुरुषबहुवचनं किं तर्हि सर्वाण्येव लोड्वचनान्यनुप्रयुज्यन्ते । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.1.41; confer, compare also किमर्थो योगविभागः । प्रदर्शनार्थः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I.2.59.
lakṣyaliterally target; illustration; example of a grammatical rule; confer, compare लक्ष्ये लक्षणं सकृदेव प्रवर्तते Paribhāşā; also लक्ष्यानुसारि व्याख्यानमेव शरणम् Paribhāşenduśekhara; confer, compare also शब्दो लक्ष्य: सूत्रं लक्षणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 14.
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
Dr. Potturu with thanks
Purchase Kindle edition
 

aṇutalia

penetrating oil; a medicinal preparation applied into nostrils to improve the perception of senses and in several diseases that affect the head including grey hair, facial paralysis.

bṛṃhaṇa

restorative; to make heavy; bṛṃhaṇavasti administration of oily medicine through rectum.

dhāraṇa

attention; concentration; holding in memory; stability of mind.

gālana

filtration; straining fluid.

haṭha

1. Plant water cabbage, Pistia stratiotes; 2. violence, force.

jalakumbhi

Plant water cabbage, Pistia stratiotes. see. haṭha.

samsarjana

conciliating, postoperative management, graduated readministration of diet to rekindle digestive fire.

Parse Time: 1.887s Search Word: trati Input Encoding: IAST: trati